User Tools

Sitemap
Trace: • Printed edition: Ācārya 1938: Sūtrasthāna 1-31

<?xml version=“1.0” encoding=“UTF-8”?> <?xml-stylesheet type=“text/xsl” href=“tei-to-html.xsl”?>

Printed edition: Ācārya 1938: Sūtrasthāna 1-31

Published in 2025 by in .

Suśrutasaṃhitā (without commentaries) transcribed from Y. T. Ācārya's 1938 Bombay edition| Suśrutasamhitā of Suśruta with the Nibandhasaṅgraha Commentary of Śrī Ḍalhanāchārya and the Nyāyacandrikā Pañjikā of Śrī Gayadāsāchārya on Nidānasthāna, edited from the begining to the 9th ādhyāya of Cikitsāsthāna by Vaidya Jādavji Trikamji Āchārya and the rest by Nārāyaṇ Rām Āchārya Yādavaśarman Trivikramātmaja Ācāryā Nārāyaṇ Rām Āchārya Nirṇaya Sāgar Press Bombay 1938 Revised third edition Reprint edition Varanasi/Delhi: Chaukhambha Orientalia, 1992| This SARIT edition omits the commentarial material from this edition|
  • Siglum: A1938

More ▾
  • A1938
1938 ed. 1.1.1
athāto vedotpattim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||1||
1938 ed. 1.1.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||2||
1938 ed. 1.1.3
atha khalu bhagavantam amaravaram ṛṣigaṇaparivṛtam āśramasthaṃ kāśirājaṃ divodāsaṃ dhanvantarim aupadhenava vaitaraṇaurabhra pauṣkalāvata karavīrya(ra) gopurarakṣita suśruta prabhṛtaya ūcuḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.1.4
bhagavan śārīramānasāgantubhir vyādhibhir vividhavedanābhighātopadrutān sanāthān apy anāthavad viceṣṭamānān vikrośataś ca mānavān abhisamīkṣya manasi naḥ pīḍā bhavati,
1938 ed. 1.1.4b
teṣāṃ sukhaiṣiṇāṃ rogopaśamārtham ātmanaś ca prāṇayātrārthaṃ prajāhitahetor āyurvedaṃ śrotum icchāma ihopadiśyamānam, atrāyattam aihikam āmuṣmikaṃ ca śreyaḥ; tadbhagavantam upapannāḥ smaḥ śiṣyatveneti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.1.5
tān uvāca bhagavān- svāgataṃ vaḥ; sarva evāmīmāṃsyā adhyāpyāś ca bhavanto vatsāḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.1.6
iha khalv āyurvedaṃ nāmopāṅgam atharvavedasyānutpādyaiva prajāḥ ślokaśatasahasram adhyāyasahasraṃ ca kṛtavān svayambhūḥ, tato 'lpāyuṣṭvam alpamedhastvaṃ cālokya narāṇāṃ bhūyo 'ṣṭadhā praṇītavān ||6||
1938 ed. 1.1.7
tad yathā śalyaṃ, śālākyaṃ, kāyacikitsā, bhūtavidyā, kaumārabhṛtyam, agadatantraṃ, rasāyanatantraṃ, vājīkaraṇatantram iti ||7||
1938 ed. 1.1.8.1
athāsya pratyaṅgalakṣaṇasamāsaḥ |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.1a
tatra, śalyaṃ nāma vividhatṛṇakāṣṭhapāṣāṇapāṃśulohaloṣṭāsthibālanakhapūyāsrāvaduṣṭavraṇāntargarbhaśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ , yantraśastrakṣārāgnipraṇidhānavraṇaviniścayārthaṃ ca (1) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.2
śālākyaṃ nāmordhvajatrugatānāṃ śravaṇanayanavadanaghrāṇādisaṃśritānāṃ vyādhīnām upaśamanārtham (2) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.3
kāyacikitsā nāma sarvāṅgasaṃśritānāṃ vyādhīnāṃ jvararaktapittaśoṣonmādāpasmārakuṣṭhamehātisārādīnām upaśamanārtham (3) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.4
bhūtavidyā nāma devāsuragandharvayakṣarakṣaḥpitṛpiśācanāgagrahādyupasṛṣṭacetasāṃ śāntikarmabaliharaṇādigrahopaśamanārtham (4) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.5
kaumārabhṛtyaṃ nāma kumārabharaṇadhātrīkṣīradoṣasaṃśodhanārthaṃ duṣṭastanyagrahasamutthānāṃ ca vyādhīnām upaśamanārtham (5) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.6
agadatantraṃ nāma sarpakīṭalūtāmūṣakādidaṣṭaviṣavyañjanārthaṃ vividhaviṣasaṃyogopaśamanārthaṃ ca (6) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.7
rasāyanatantraṃ nāma vayaḥsthāpanamāyurmedhābalakaraṃ rogāpaharaṇasamarthaṃ ca (7) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.8
vājīkaraṇatantraṃ nāmālpaduṣṭakṣīṇaviśuṣkaretasām āpyāyanaprasādopacayajanananimittaṃ praharṣajananārthaṃ ca (8) ||8||
1938 ed. 1.1.9
evam ayam āyurvedo 'ṣṭāṅga upadiśyate; atra kasmai kim ucyatām iti ||9||
1938 ed. 1.1.10
ta ūcuḥ- asmākaṃ sarveṣām eva śalyajñānaṃ mūlaṃ kṛtvopadiśatu bhagavāniti ||10||
1938 ed. 1.1.11
sa uvācaivam astv iti ||11||
1938 ed. 1.1.12
ta ūcur bhūyo 'pi bhagavantam asmākam ekamatīnāṃ matam abhisamīkṣya suśruto bhagavantaṃ prakṣyati, asmai copadiśyamānaṃ vayam apy upadhārayiṣyāmaḥ ||12||
1938 ed. 1.1.13
sa uvācaivam astv iti ||13||
1938 ed. 1.1.14
vatsa suśruta! iha khalv āyurvedaprayojanaṃ vyādhyupasṛṣṭānāṃ vyādhiparimokṣaḥ, svasthasya rakṣaṇaṃ ca ||14||
1938 ed. 1.1.15
‘āyur asmin vidyate, anena vā''yur vindanti’ ity āyurvedaḥ ||15||
1938 ed. 1.1.16
tasyāṅgavaramādyaṃ pratyakṣāgamānumānopamānair aviruddham ucyamānam upadhāraya ||16||
1938 ed. 1.1.17
etad dhy aṅgaṃ prathamaṃ, prāgabhighātavraṇasaṃrohād yajñaśiraḥsandhānāc ca | śrūyate hi yathā --- “rudreṇa yajñasya śiraś chinnam iti, tato devā aśvināvabhigamyocuḥ- bhagavantau naḥ śreṣṭhatamau yuvāṃ bhaviṣyathaḥ, bhavadbhyāṃ yajñasya śiraḥ sandhātavyam iti | tāv ūcatur evam astv iti | atha tayor arthe devā indraṃ yajñabhāgena prāsādayan | tābhyāṃ yajñasya śiraḥ saṃhitam” iti ||17||
1938 ed. 1.1.18
aṣṭāsvapi cāyurvedatantreṣvetadevādhikamabhimatam, āśukriyākaraṇādyantraśastrakṣārāgnipraṇidhānāt sarvatantrasāmānyāc ca ||18||
1938 ed. 1.1.19
tad idaṃ śāśvataṃ puṇyaṃ svargyaṃ yaśasyam āyuṣyaṃ vṛttikaraṃ ceti ||19||
1938 ed. 1.1.20
brahmā provāca tataḥ prajāpatir adhijage, tasmād aśvinau, aśvibhyām indraḥ, indrād ahaṃ, mayā tv iha pradeyam arthibhyaḥ prajāhitahetoḥ ||20||
1938 ed. 1.1.21
bhavati cātra ahaṃ hi dhanvantarir ādidevo jarārujāmṛtyuharo 'marāṇām |
śalyāṅgam aṅgair aparair upetaṃ prāpto 'smi gāṃ bhūya ihopadeṣṭum ||21||
1938 ed. 1.1.22
asmiñchāstre pañcamahābhūtaśarīrisamavāyaḥ puruṣa ity ucyate | tasmin kriyā, so 'dhiṣṭhānaṃ; kasmāt? lokasya dvaividhyāta ; loko hi dvividhaḥ sthāvaro jaṅgamaśca; dvividhātmaka evāgneyaḥ, saumyaśca, tadbhūyastvāt ; pañcātmako vā; tatra caturvidho bhūtagrāmaḥ saṃsvedajajarāyujāṇḍajodbhijjasañjñaḥ ; tatra puruṣaḥ pradhānaṃ, tasyopakaraṇamanyat; tasmāt puruṣo 'dhiṣṭhānam ||22||
1938 ed. 1.1.23
tad duḥkhasaṃyogā vyādhaya ucyante ||23||
1938 ed. 1.1.24
te caturvidhāḥ- āgantavaḥ, śārīrāḥ, mānasāḥ, svābhāvikāśceti ||24||
1938 ed. 1.1.25.1
teṣāṃ āgantavo 'bhighātanimittāḥ
1938 ed. 1.1.25.1
śārīrās tv annapānamūlā vātapittakaphaśoṇitasannipātavaiṣamyanimittāḥ
1938 ed. 1.1.25.3
mānasās tu krodhaśokabhayaharṣaviṣāderṣyābhyasūyādainyamātsaryakāmalobhaprabhṛtaya icchādveṣabhedair bhavanti
1938 ed. 1.1.25.4
svābhāvikās tu kṣutpipāsājarāmṛtyunidrāprakṛ(bhṛ)tayaḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.1.26
ta ete manaḥśarīrādhiṣṭhānāḥ ||26||
1938 ed. 1.1.27
teṣāṃ saṃśodhanasaṃśamanāhārācārāḥ samyak prayuktā nigrahahetavaḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.1.28
prāṇināṃ punar mūlam āhāro balavarṇaujasāṃ ca | sa ṣaṭsu raseṣv āyattaḥ; rasāḥ punar dravyāśrayāḥ; dravyāṇi punar oṣadhayaḥ | tās tu dvividhāḥ- sthāvarā jaṅgamāś ca ||28||
1938 ed. 1.1.29
tāsāṃ sthāvarāś caturvidhāḥ- vanaspatayo, vṛkṣā, vīrudha, oṣadhaya iti | tāsu, apuṣpāḥ phalavanto vanaspatayaḥ, puṣpaphalavanto vṛkṣāḥ, pratānavatyaḥ stambinyaś ca vīrudhaḥ, phalapākaniṣṭhā oṣadhaya iti ||29||
1938 ed. 1.1.30
jaṅgamā khalv api caturvidhāḥ jarāyujāṇḍajasvedajodbhijjāḥ | tatra paśumanuṣyavyālādayo jarāyujāḥ, khagasarpasarīsṛpaprabhṛtayo 'ṇḍajāḥ, kṛmikīṭapipīlikāprabhṛtayaḥ svedajāḥ, indragopamaṇḍūkaprabhṛtaya udbhijjāḥ ||30||
1938 ed. 1.1.31
tatra sthāvarebhyas tvakpatrapuṣpaphalamūlakandaniryāsasvarasādayaḥ prayojanavantaḥ; jaṅgamebhyaś carmanakharomarudhirādayaḥ ||31||
1938 ed. 1.1.32
pārthivāḥ suvarṇarajatamaṇimuktāmanaḥśilāmṛtkapālādayaḥ ||32||
1938 ed. 1.1.33
kālakṛtāḥ pravātanivātātapacchāyājyotsnātamaḥśītoṣṇavarṣāhorātrapakṣamāsartvayanādayaḥ saṃvatsaraviśeṣāḥ ||33||
1938 ed. 1.1.34
ta ete svabhāvata eva doṣāṇāṃ sañcayaprakopapraśamapratīkārahetavaḥ prayojanavantaś ca ||34||
1938 ed. 1.1.35
bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ-
śārīrāṇāṃ vikārāṇām eṣa vargaś caturvidhaḥ |
prakope praśame caiva hetur uktaścikitsakaiḥ ||35||
1938 ed. 1.1.36
āgantavas tu ye rogās te dvidhā nipatanti hi |
manasy anye śarīre 'nye teṣāṃ tu dvividhā kriyā ||36||
1938 ed. 1.1.37
śarīrapatitānāṃ tu śārīravadupakramaḥ |
mānasānāṃ tu śabdādiriṣṭo vargaḥ sukhāvahaḥ ||37||
1938 ed. 1.1.38
evam etat puruṣo vyādhir auṣadhaṃ kriyā kāla iti catuṣṭayaṃ samāsena vyākhyātam | tatra puruṣagrahaṇāt tatsambhavadravyasamūho bhūtādir uktas tadaṅgapratyaṅgavikalpāś ca tvaṅmāṃsāsthisirāsnāyuprabhṛtayaḥ, vyādhigrahaṇād vātapittakaphaśoṇitasannipātavaiṣamyanimittāḥ sarva eva vyādhayo vyākhyātāḥ, auṣadhagrahaṇāddravyarasaguṇavīryavipākānāmādeśaḥ, kriyāgrahaṇāt snehādīni cchedyādīni ca karmāṇi vyākhyātāni, kālagrahaṇāt sarvakriyākālānāmādeśaḥ ||38||
1938 ed. 1.1.39
bhavati cātra
bījaṃ cikitsitasyaitatsamāsena prakīrtitam |
saviṃśamadhyāyaśatamasya vyākhyā bhaviṣyati ||39||
1938 ed. 1.1.40
tac ca saviṃśam adhyāyaśataṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu | tatra sūtranidānaśārīracikitsitakalpeṣv arthavaśāt saṃvibhajyottare tantre śeṣān arthān vakṣyāmaḥ ||40||
1938 ed. 1.1.41
bhavati cātra
svayambhuvā proktam idaṃ sanātanaṃ
paṭhed dhi yaḥ kāśipatiprakāśitam |
sa puṇyakarmā bhuvi pūjito nṛpair
asukṣaye śakrasalokatāṃ vrajet ||41||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vedotpattir nāma prathamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||1||

[dvitīyo 'dhyāyaḥ|]

1938 ed. 1.2.1
athātaḥ śiṣyopanayanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.2.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.2.3
brāhmaṇakṣatriyavaiśyānām anyatamamanvayavayaḥśīlaśauryaśaucācāravinayaśaktibalamedhādhṛtismṛtimatipratipattiyuktaṃ tanujihvauṣṭhadantāgramṛjuvaktrākṣināsaṃ prasannacittavākceṣṭaṃ kleśasahaṃ ca bhiṣak śiṣyam upanayet | ato viparītaguṇaṃ nopanayet ||3||
1938 ed. 1.2.4
upanayanīyaṃ tu brāhmaṇaṃ praśasteṣu tithikaraṇamuhūrtanakṣatreṣu praśastāyāṃ diśi śucau same deśe caturhastaṃ caturasraṃ sthaṇḍilam upalipya gomayena, darbhaiḥ saṃstīrya ratnapuṣpalājabhaktair devatāḥ pūjayitvā viprān bhiṣajaś ca, tatrollikhyābhyukṣya ca dakṣiṇato brahmāṇaṃ sthāpayitvā'gnim upasamādhāya, khadirapalāśadevadārubilvānāṃ samidbhiścaturṇāṃ vā kṣīrivṛkṣāṇāṃ (nyagrodhodumbarāśvatthamadhūkānāṃ) dadhimadhughṛtāktābhir dārvīhaumikena vidhinā sapraṇavābhir mahāvyāhṛtibhiḥ sruveṇājyāhutīr juhuyāt, tataḥ pratidaivatamṛṣīṃś ca svāhākāraṃ kuryāt , śiṣyam api kārayet ||4||
1938 ed. 1.2.5
brāhmaṇas trayāṇāṃ varṇānām upanayanaṃ kartumarhati, (rājanyo dvayasya, vaiśyo vaiśyasyaiveti;) śūdramapi kulaguṇasampannaṃ mantravarjamanupanītamadhyāpayed ity eke ||5||
1938 ed. 1.2.6
tato 'gniṃ triḥ pariṇīyāgnisākṣikaṃ śiṣyaṃ brūyāt- kāmakrodhalobhamohamānāhaṅkārerṣyāpāruṣyapaiśunyānṛtālasyāyaśasyāni hitvā, nīcanakharomṇā śucinā kaṣāyavāsasā satyavratabrahmacaryābhivādanatatpareṇāvaśyaṃ bhavitavyaṃ, madanumatasthānagamanaśayanāsanabhojanādhyayanapareṇa bhūtvā matpriyahiteṣu vartitavyam; ato 'nyathā te vartamānasyādharmo bhavati, aphalā ca vidyā, na ca prākāśyaṃ prāpnoti ||6||
1938 ed. 1.2.7
ahaṃ vā tvayi samyagvartamāne yady anyathādarśī syām enobhāg bhaveyam aphalavidyaś ca ||7||
1938 ed. 1.2.8
dvijagurudaridramitrapravrajitopanatasādhvanāthābhyupagatānāṃ cātmabāndhavānām iva svabhaiṣajaiḥ pratikartavyam, evaṃ sādhu bhavati; vyādhaśākunikapatitapāpakāriṇāṃ ca na pratikartavyam; evaṃ vidyā prakāśate mitra yaśo dharmārtha kāmāṃś ca prāpnoti ||8||
1938 ed. 1.2.9
bhavataś cātra
kṛṣṇe 'ṣṭamī tannidhane 'hanī dve
śukle tathā'pyevamahardvisandhyam |
akālavidyutstanayitnughoṣe
svatantrarāṣṭrakṣitipavyathāsu ||9||
1938 ed. 1.2.10
śmaśānayānādyatanāhaveṣu
mahotsavautpātikadarśaneṣu |
nādhyeyamanyeṣu ca yeṣu viprā
nādhīyate nāśucinā ca nityam ||10||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śiṣyopanayanīyo nāma dvitīyo 'dhyāyaḥ ||2||

tṛtīyo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1938 ed. 1.3.1
athāto 'dhyayanasaṃpradānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.3.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.3.3
prāgabhihitaṃ saviṃśam adhyāyaśataṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu | tatra sūtrasthānamadhyāyāḥ ṣaṭcatvāriṃśat, ṣoḍaśa nidānāni, daśa śārīrāṇi, catvāriṃśaccikitsitāni, aṣṭau kalpāḥ, taduttaraṃ ṣaṭṣaṣṭiḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.3.4
vedotpattiḥ śiṣyanayas tathā'dhyayanadānikaḥ |
prabhāṣaṇāgraharaṇāvṛtucaryā'tha yāntrikaḥ ||4||
1938 ed. 1.3.5
śastrāvacāraṇaṃ yogyā viśikhā kṣārakalpanam |
agnikarma jalaukākhyo hy adhyāyo raktavarṇanam ||5||
1938 ed. 1.3.6
doṣadhātumalādyānāṃ vijñānādhyāya eva ca |
karṇavyadhāmapakvaiṣāvālepo vraṇyupāsanam ||6||
1938 ed. 1.3.7
hitāhito vraṇapraśno vraṇāsrāvaś ca yaḥ pṛthak |
kṛtyākṛtyavidhirvyādhisamuddeśīya eva ca ||7||
1938 ed. 1.3.8
viniścayaḥ śastravidhau pranaṣṭajñānikas tathā |
śalyoddhṛtirvraṇajñānaṃ dūtasvapnanidarśanam ||8||
1938 ed. 1.3.9
pañcendriyaṃ tathā chāyā svabhāvādvaikṛtaṃ tathā |
avāraṇo yuktasenīya āturakramabhūmikau ||9||
1938 ed. 1.3.10
miśrakākhyo dravyagaṇaḥ saṃśuddhau śamane ca yaḥ |
dravyādīnāṃ ca vijñānaṃ viśeṣo dravyago 'paraḥ ||10||
1938 ed. 1.3.11
rasajñānaṃ vamanārthamadhyāyo recanāya ca |
dravadravyavidhistadvadannapānavidhis tathā ||11||
1938 ed. 1.3.12
sūcanāt sūtraṇāccaiva savanāccārthasantateḥ |
ṣaṭcatvāriṃśadadhyāyaṃ sūtrasthānaṃ pracakṣate ||12||
1938 ed. 1.3.13
vātavyādhikamarśāṃsi sāśmariś ca bhagandaraḥ |
kuṣṭhamehodaraṃ mūḍho vidradhiḥ parisarpaṇam ||13||
1938 ed. 1.3.14
granthivṛddhikṣudraśūkabhagnāś ca mukharogikam |
hetulakṣaṇanirdeśānnidānānīti ṣoḍaśa ||14||
1938 ed. 1.3.15
bhūtacintā rajaḥśuddhirgarbhāvakrāntireva ca |
vyākaraṇaṃ ca garbhasya śarīrasya ca yatsmṛtam ||15||
1938 ed. 1.3.16
pratyekaṃ marmanirdeśaḥ sirāvarṇanam eva ca |
sirāvyadho dhamanīnāṃ garbhiṇyā vyākṛtis tathā ||16||
1938 ed. 1.3.17
nirdiṣṭāni daśaitāni śārīrāṇi maharṣiṇā |
vijñānārthaṃ śarīrasya bhiṣajāṃ yoginām api ||17||
1938 ed. 1.3.18
dvivraṇīyo vraṇaḥ sadyo bhagnānāṃ vātarogikam |
mahāvātikamarśāṃsi sāśmariś ca bhagandaraḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.3.19
kuṣṭhānāṃ mahatāṃ cāpi maihikaṃ paiḍikaṃ tathā |
madhumehacikitsā ca tathā codariṇām api ||19||
1938 ed. 1.3.20
mūḍhagarbhacikitsā ca vidradhīnāṃ visarpiṇām |
granthivṛddhyupadaṃśānāṃ tathā ca kṣudrarogiṇām ||20||
1938 ed. 1.3.21
śūkadoṣacikitsā ca tathā ca mukharogiṇām |
śophasyānāgatānāṃ ca niṣedho miśrakaṃ tathā ||21||
1938 ed. 1.3.22
vājīkaraṃ ca yat kṣīṇe sarvābādhaśamo 'pi ca |
medhāyuṣkaraṇaṃ cāpi svabhāvavyādhivāraṇam ||22||
1938 ed. 1.3.23
nivṛttasantāpakaraṃ kīrtitaṃ ca rasāyanam |
snehopayaugikaḥ svedo vamane savirecane ||23||
1938 ed. 1.3.24
tayor vyāpaccikitsā ca netrabastivibhāgikaḥ |
netrabastivipatsiddhis tathā cottarabastikaḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.3.25
nirūhakramasañjñaś ca tathaivāturasañjñakaḥ |
dhūmanasyavidhiś cāntyaścatvāriṃśaditi smṛtāḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.3.26
prāyaścittaṃ praśamanaṃ cikitsā śāntikarma ca |
paryāyās tasya nirdeśāccikitsāsthānamucyate ||26||
1938 ed. 1.3.27
annasya rakṣā vijñānaṃ sthāvarasyetarasya ca |
sarpadaṣṭaviṣajñānaṃ tasyaiva ca cikitsitam ||27||
1938 ed. 1.3.28
dundubhermūṣikāṇāṃ ca kīṭānāṃ kalpa eva ca |
aṣṭau kalpāḥ samākhyātā viṣabheṣajakalpanāt ||28||
1938 ed. 1.3.29
adhyāyānāṃ śataṃ viṃśamevam etad udīritam
ataḥ paraṃ svanāmnaiva tantram uttaram ucyate ||29||
1938 ed. 1.3.30
adhikṛtya kṛtaṃ yasmāttantrametadupadravān |
aupadravika ity eṣa tasyāgryatvānnirucyate ||30||
1938 ed. 1.3.31
sandhau vartmani śukle ca kṛṣṇe sarvatra dṛṣṭiṣu |
saṃvijñānārthamadhyāyā gadānāṃ tu prati prati ||31||
1938 ed. 1.3.32
cikitsāpravibhāgīyo vātābhiṣyandavāraṇaḥ |
paittasya ślaiṣmikasyāpi raudhirasya tathaiva ca ||32||
1938 ed. 1.3.33
lekhyabhedyaniṣedhau ca chedyānāṃ vartmadṛṣṭiṣu |
kriyākalpo 'bhighātaś ca karṇotthāstaccikitsitam ||33||
1938 ed. 1.3.34
ghrāṇotthānāṃ ca vijñānaṃ tadgadapratiṣedhanam |
pratiśyāyaniṣedhaś ca śirogadavivecanam ||35||
1938 ed. 1.3.35
cikitsā tadgadānāṃ ca śālākyaṃ tantram ucyate |35|
navagrahākṛtijñānaṃ skandasya ca niṣedhanam ||35||
1938 ed. 1.3.36
apasmāraśakunyoś ca revatyāś ca punaḥ pṛthak |
pūtanāyās tathā'ndhāyāḥ śītapūtanamaṇḍikā ||36||
1938 ed. 1.3.37
naigameṣacikitsā ca grahotpattiḥ sayonijā |
kumāratantram ity etac chārīreṣu ca kīrtitam ||37||
1938 ed. 1.3.38
jvarātisāraśoṣāṇāṃ gulmahṛdrogiṇām api |
pāṇḍūnāṃ raktapittasya mūrcchāyāḥ pānajāś ca ye ||38||
1938 ed. 1.3.39
tṛṣṇāyāś chardihikkānāṃ niṣedhaḥ śvāsakāsayoḥ |
svarabhedacikitsā ca kṛmyudāvartinoḥ pṛthak ||39||
1938 ed. 1.3.40
visūcikārocakayor mūtrāghātavikṛcchrayoḥ |
iti kāyacikitsāyāḥ śeṣam atra prakīrtitam ||40||
1938 ed. 1.3.41
amānuṣaniṣedhaś ca tathā''pasmāriko 'paraḥ |
unmādapratiṣedhaś ca bhūtavidyā nirucyate ||41||
1938 ed. 1.3.42
rasabhedāḥ svasthavṛttaṃ yuktayastāntrikāśca yāḥ |
doṣabhedā iti jñeyā adhyāyāstantrabhūṣaṇāḥ ||42||
1938 ed. 1.3.43
śreṣṭhatvād uttaraṃ hy etat tantram āhur maharṣayaḥ |
bahvarthasaṅgrahāc chreṣṭham uttaraṃ vā'pi paścimam ||43||
1938 ed. 1.3.44
śālākyatantraṃ kaumāraṃ cikitsā kāyikī ca yā |
bhūtavidyeti catvāri tantre tūttarasañjñite ||44||
1938 ed. 1.3.45
vājīkaraṃ cikitsāsu rasāyanavidhis tathā |
viṣatantraṃ punaḥ kalpāḥ śalyajñānaṃ samantataḥ ||45||
1938 ed. 1.3.46
ity aṣṭāṅgam idaṃ tantramādidevaprakāśitam |
vidhinā'dhītya yuñjānā bhavanti prāṇadā bhuvi ||46||
1938 ed. 1.3.47
etad dhy avaśyam adhyeyam, adhītya ca karmāpy avaśyam upāsitavyam, ubhayajño hi bhiṣag rājārho bhavati ||47||
1938 ed. 1.3.48
bhavanti cātra
yas tu kevalaśāstrajñaḥ karmasva pariniṣṭhitaḥ |
sa muhyaty āturaṃ prāpya prāpya bhīrur ivāhavam ||48||
1938 ed. 1.3.49
yas tu karmasu niṣṇāto dhārṣṭyāc chāstrabahiṣkṛtaḥ |
sa satsu pūjāṃ nāpnoti vadhaṃ carcchati rājataḥ ||49||
1938 ed. 1.3.50
ubhāv etāv anipuṇāv asamarthau svakarmaṇi |
ardhavedadharāv etāv ekapakṣāv iva dvijau ||50||
1938 ed. 1.3.51
oṣadhyo 'mṛtakalpās tu śastrāśaniviṣopamāḥ |
bhavanty ajñair upahṛtās tasmād etān vivarjayet ||51||
1938 ed. 1.3.52
snehādiṣvanabhijño yaśchedyādiṣu ca karmasu |
sa nihanti janaṃ lobhāt kuvaidyo nṛpadoṣataḥ ||52||
1938 ed. 1.3.53
yas tūbhayajño matimān sa samartho 'rthasādhane |
āhave karma nirvoḍhuṃ dvicakraḥ syandano yathā ||53||
1938 ed. 1.3.54
atha vatsa! tad etad adhyeyaṃ yathā tathopadhāraya mayā procyamānaṃ atha śucaye kṛtottarāsaṅgāyāvyākulāyopasthitāyādhyayanakāle śiṣyāya yathāśakti gururupadiśet padaṃ pādaṃ ślokaṃ vā; te ca padapādaślokā bhūyaḥ krameṇānusandheyāḥ, evam ekaikaśo ghaṭayed ātmanā cānupaṭhet; adrutam avilambitam aviśaṅkitam ananunāsikaṃ suvyaktākṣaram apīḍitavarṇam akṣibhruvauṣṭhahastair anabhinītaṃ susaṃskṛtaṃ nātyuccair nātinīcaiś ca svaraiḥ paṭhet | na cāntareṇa kaścid vrajet tayor adhīyānayoḥ ||54||
1938 ed. 1.3.55
bhavataś cātra |
śucirguruparo dakṣastandrānidrāvivarjitaḥ |
paṭhann etena vidhinā śiṣyaḥ śāstrāntam āpnuyāt ||55||
1938 ed. 1.3.56
vāksauṣṭhave 'rthavijñāne prāgalbhye karmanaipuṇe |
tad abhyāse ca siddhau ca yat etādhyayanāntagaḥ ||56||
1938 ed. 1.3.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne 'dhyayanasampradānīyo nāma tṛtīyo 'dhyāyaḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.4.1
athātaḥ prabhāṣaṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.4.2
yāthovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.4.3
adhigatam apy adhyayanam aprabhāṣitam arthataḥ kharasya candanabhāra iva kevalaṃ pariśramakaraṃ bhavati ||3||
1938 ed. 1.4.4
bhavati cātra
yathā kharaś candanabhāravāhī
bhārasya vettā na tu candanasya |
evaṃ hi śāstrāṇi bahūny adhītya
cārtheṣu mūḍhāḥ kharavad vahanti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.4.5
tasmāt saviṃśama dhyāyaśatam anupadapādaślokam anuvarṇayitavyam anuśrotavyaṃ ca; kasmāt? sūkṣmā hi dravyarasaguṇavīryavipākadoṣadhātumalāśayamarmasirāsnāyusandhyasthigarbhasambhavadravyasamūhavibhāgāstathā pranaṣṭaśalyoddharaṇavraṇaviniścayabhagnavikalpāḥ sādhyayāpyapratyākhyeyatā ca vikārāṇāmevamādayaś cānye viśeṣāḥ sahasraśo ye vicintyamānā vimalavipulabuddherapi buddhimākulīkuryuḥ kiṃ punaralpabuddheḥ, tasmād avaśyamanupadapādaślokamanuvarṇayitavyamanuśrotavyaṃ ca ||5||
1938 ed. 1.4.6
anyaśāstropapannānāṃ cārthānāmihopanītānāmarthavaśātteṣāṃ tadvidyebhya eva vyākhyānamanuśrotavyaṃ, kasmāt? na hyekasmin śāstre śakyaḥ sarvaśāstrāṇāmavarodhaḥ kartum ||6||
1938 ed. 1.4.7
bhavanti cātra
ekaṃ śāstramadhīyāno na vidyācchāstraniścayam |
tasmād bahuśrutaḥ śāstraṃ vijānīyāccikitsakaḥ ||7||
1938 ed. 1.4.8
śāstraṃ gurumukhodgīrṇamādāyopāsya cāsakṛt |
yaḥ karma kurute vaidyaḥ sa vaidyo 'nye tu taskarāḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.4.9
aupadhenavam aurabhraṃ sauśrutaṃ pauṣkalāvatam |
śeṣāṇāṃ śalyatantrāṇāṃ mūlāny etāni nirdiśet ||9||
1938 ed. 1.4.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne prabhāṣaṇīyo nāma caturtho 'dhyāyaḥ ||4||
1931 ed. 1.5.1
athāto 'gropaharaṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.5.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.5.3
trividhaṃ karma- pūrvakarma, pradhānakarma, paścātkarmeti; tadvyādhiṃ pratyupadekṣyāmaḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.5.4
asya tu śāstrasya śastrakarmaprādhānyācchastrakarmaiva tāvat pūrvam upadekṣyāmastatsambhārāṃś ca ||4||
1938 ed. 1.5.5
tac ca śastrakarmā'ṣṭavidhaṃ; tad yathā- chedyaṃ, bhedyaṃ, lekhyaṃ, vedhyam, eṣyam, āhāryaṃ, visrāvyaṃ, sīvyamiti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.5.6
ato 'nyatamaṃ karma cikīrṣatā vaidyena pūrvamevopakalpayitavyāni bhavanti, tad yathā- yantraśastrakṣārāgniśalākāśṛṅgajalaukālābūjāmbavauṣṭhapicuprotasūtrapatrapaṭṭamadhughṛtavasāpayastaila- tarpaṇakaṣāyālepanakalkavyajanaśītoṣṇodakakaṭāhādīni, parikarmiṇaś ca snigdhāḥ sthirā balavantaḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.5.7
tataḥ praśasteṣu tithikaraṇamuhūrtanakṣatreṣu dadhyakṣatānnapānaratnairagniṃ viprān bhiṣajaś cārcayitvā, kṛtabalimaṅgalasvastivācanaṃ laghubhuktavantaṃ prāṅmukhamāturam upaveśya , yantrayitvā , pratyaṅmukho vaidyo marmasirāsnāyusandhyasthidhamanīḥ pariharan, anulomaṃ śastraṃ nidadhyādāpūyadarśanāt , sakṛdevāpaharecchastramāśu ca; mahatsvapi ca pākeṣu dvyaṅgulāntaraṃ tryaṅgulāntaraṃ vā śastrapadam uktam ||7||
1938 ed. 1.5.8
tatrāyato viśālaḥ samaḥ suvibhakto nirāśraya iti vraṇaguṇāḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.5.9
bhavataś cātra
āyataś ca viśālaś ca suvibhakto nirāśrayaḥ |
prāptakālakṛtaś cāpi vraṇaḥ karmaṇi śasyate ||9||
1938 ed. 1.5.10
śauryamāśukriyā śastrataikṣṇyamasvedavepathu |
asammohaś ca vaidyasya śastrakarmaṇi śasyate ||10||
1938 ed. 1.5.11
ekena vā vraṇenāśudhyamāne nā'ntarā buddhyā'vekṣyāparān vraṇān kuryāt ||11||
1938 ed. 1.5.12
bhavati cātra
yato yato gatiṃ vidyādutsaṅgo yatra yatra ca |
tatra tatra vraṇaṃ kuryād yathā doṣo na tiṣṭhati ||12||
1938 ed. 1.5.13
tatra bhrūgaṇḍaśaṅkhalalāṭākṣipuṭauṣṭhadantaveṣṭakakṣākukṣivaṅkṣaṇeṣu tiryak cheda uktaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.5.14
(candramaṇḍalavacchedān pāṇipādeṣu kārayet |
ardhacandrākṛtīṃś cāpi gude meḍhre ca buddhimān) ||14||
1938 ed. 1.5.15
anyathā tu sirāsnāyucchedanam, atimātraṃ vedanā, cirādvraṇasaṃroho, māṃsakandīprādurbhāvaśceti ||15||
1938 ed. 1.5.16
mūḍhagarbhodarārśo 'śmarībhagandaramukharogeṣv abhuktavataḥ karma kurvīta ||16||
1938 ed. 1.5.17
tataḥ śastramavacārya,śītābhir adbhir āturamāśvāsya, samantāt paripīḍyāṅgulyā, vraṇamabhimṛdya(jya), prakṣālya kaṣāyeṇa protenodakamādāya , tilakalkamadhusarpiḥpragāḍhāmauṣadhayuktāṃ nātisnigdhāṃ nātirūkṣāṃ vartiṃ praṇidadhyāt; tataḥ kalkenācchādya, ghanāṃ kavalikāṃ dattvā, vastrapaṭṭena badhnīyāt; vedanārakṣoghnairdhūpairdhūpayet, rakṣoghnaiś ca mantrai rakṣāṃ kurvīta ||17||
1938 ed. 1.5.18
tato guggulvagurusarjarasavacāgaurasarṣapacūrṇairlavaṇanimbapatravimiśrairājyayuktairdhūpayet | ājyaśeṣeṇa cāsya prāṇān samālabheta ||18||
1938 ed. 1.5.19
udakumbhāccāpo gṛhītvā prokṣayan rakṣākarma kuryāt ; tadvakṣyāmaḥ- ||19||
1938 ed. 1.5.20
kṛtyānāṃ pratighātārthaṃ tathā rakṣobhayasya ca |
rakṣākarma kariṣyāmi brahmā tadanumanyatām ||20||
1938 ed. 1.5.21
nāgāḥ piśācā gandharvāḥ pitaro yakṣarākṣasāḥ |
abhidravanti ye ye tvāṃ brahmādyā ghnantu tān sadā ||21||
1938 ed. 1.5.22
pṛthivyām antarīkṣe ca ye caranti niśācarāḥ |
dikṣu vāstunivāsāś ca pāntu tvāṃ te namaskṛtāḥ ||22||
1938 ed. 1.5.23
pāntu tvāṃ munayo brāhmayā divyā rājarṣayastathā |
parvatāś caiva nadyaś ca sarvāḥ sarve ca sāgarāḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.5.24
agnī rakṣatu te jihvāṃ prāṇān vāyus tathaiva ca |
somo vyānamapānaṃ te parjanyaḥ parirakṣatu ||24||
1938 ed. 1.5.25
udānaṃ vidyutaḥ pāntu samānaṃ stanayitnavaḥ |
balam indro balapatir manur manye matiṃ tathā ||25||
1938 ed. 1.5.26
kāmāṃste pāntu gandharvāḥ sattvamindro 'bhir akṣatu |
prajñāṃ te varuṇo rājā samudro nābhimaṇḍalam ||26||
1938 ed. 1.5.27
cakṣuḥ sūryo diśaḥ śrotre candramāḥ pātu te manaḥ | nakṣatrāṇi sadā rūpaṃ chāyāṃ pāntu niśāstava ||27||
1938 ed. 1.5.28
retastvāpyāyayantvāpo romāṇyoṣadhayas tathā |
ākāśaṃ khāni te pāntu dehaṃ tava vasundharā ||28||
1938 ed. 1.5.29
vaiśvānaraḥ śiraḥ pātu viṣṇustava parākramam |
pauruṣaṃ puruṣaśreṣṭho brahmā''tmānaṃ dhruvo bhruvau ||29||
1938 ed. 1.5.30
etā dehe viśeṣeṇa tava nityā hi devatāḥ |
etās tvāṃ satataṃ pāntu dīrgham āyur avāpnuhi ||30||
1938 ed. 1.5.31
svasti te bhagavān brahmā svasti devāśca kurvatām |
(svasti te candrasūryau ca svasti nāradaparvatau) |
svastyagniś cauva vāyuś ca svasti devāḥ sahendragāḥ ||31||
1938 ed. 1.5.32
pitāmahakṛtā rakṣā svastyāyurvardhatāṃ tava |
ītayaste praśāmyantu sadā bhava gatavyathaḥ ||32||
1938 ed. 1.5.33
iti svāhā |
etair vedātmakair mantraiḥ kṛtyāvyādhivināśanaiḥ |
mayaivaṃ kṛtarakṣastvaṃ dīrghamāyuravāpnuhi ||33||
1938 ed. 1.5.34
tataḥ kṛtarakṣamāturamāgāraṃ praveśya, ācārikam ādiśet ||34||
1938 ed. 1.5.35
tatastṛtīye 'hani vimucyaivam eva badhnīyād vastrapaṭṭena; na cainaṃ tvaramāṇo 'paredyur mokṣayet ||35||
1938 ed. 1.5.36
dvitīyadivasaparimokṣaṇād vigrathito vraṇaś cirād upasaṃrohati, tīvrarujaś ca bhavati ||36||
1938 ed. 1.5.37
ata ūrdhvaṃ doṣakālabalādīn avekṣya kaṣāyālepanabandhāhārācārān vidadhyāt ||37||
1938 ed. 1.5.38
na cainaṃ tvaramāṇaḥ sāntardoṣaṃ ropayet; sa hy alpenāpyapacāreṇābhyantaram utsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā bhūyo 'pi vikaroti ||38||
1938 ed. 1.5.39abcd
bhavanti cātra
tasmād antarbahiś caiva suśuddhaṃ ropayed vraṇam |
rūḍhe 'py ajīrṇavyāyāmavyavāyādīn vivarjayet |
1938 ed. 1.5.39ef
harṣaṃ krodhaṃ bhayaṃ cāpi yāvat sthairyopasambhavāt ||39||
1938 ed. 1.5.40
hemante śiśire caiva vasante cāpi mokṣayet |
tryahād dvyahāc charadgrīṣmavarṣāsv api ca buddhimān ||40||
1938 ed. 1.5.41
atipātiṣu rogeṣu necched vidhim imaṃ bhiṣak |
pradīptāgāravac chīghraṃ tatra kuryāt pratikriyām ||41||
1938 ed. 1.5.42
yā vedanā śastranipātajātā tīvrā śarīraṃ pradunoti jantoḥ |
dhṛtena sā śāntim upaiti siktā koṣṇena yaṣṭīmadhukānvitenā ||42||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne 'gropaharaṇīyo nāma pañcamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||5||

śaṣṭho 'dhyāyaḥ |

1938 ed. 1.6.1
athāta ṛtucaryam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.6.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.6.3
kālo hi nāma (bhagavān ) svayambhur anādimadhyanidhanaḥ | atra rasavyāpatsampattī jīvitamaraṇe ca manuṣyāṇāmāyatte | sa sūkṣmām api kalāṃ na līyata iti kālaḥ, saṅkalayati kālayati vā bhūtānīti kālaḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.6.4
tasya saṃvatsarātmano bhagavān ādityo gativiśeṣeṇākṣinimeṣakāṣṭhākalāmuhūrtāhorātrapakṣamāsartvayanasaṃvatsarayugapravibhāgaṃ karoti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.6.5
tatra laghvakṣaroccāraṇamātro 'kṣinimeṣaḥ, pañcadaśā'kṣinimeṣāḥ kāṣṭhā, triṃśatkāṣṭhāḥ kalā, viṃśatikalo muhūrtaḥ kalādaśabhāgaśca, triṃśanmuhūrtamahorātraṃ, pañcadaśāhorātrāṇi pakṣaḥ, sa ca dvividhaḥ- śuklaḥ kṛṣṇaśca, tau māsaḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.6.6
tatra māghādayo dvādaśa māsāḥ, dvimāsikamṛtuṃ kṛtvā ṣaḍṛtavo bhavanti; te śiśiravasantagrīṣmavarṣāśaraddhemantāḥ | teṣāṃ tapastapasyau śiśiraḥ, madhumādhavau vasantaḥ, śuciśukrau grīṣmaḥ, nabhonabhasyau varṣāḥ, iṣorjau śarat, sahaḥsahasyau hemanta iti ||6||
1938 ed. 1.6.7
ta ete śītoṣṇavarṣalakṣaṇāś candrād ity ayoḥ kālavibhāgakaratvād ayane dve bhavato dakṣiṇam uttaraṃ ca | tayor dakṣiṇaṃ varṣāśaraddhemantāḥ; teṣu bhagavān āpyāyate somaḥ, amlalavaṇamadhurāś ca rasā balavanto bhavanti, uttarottaraṃ ca sarvaprāṇināṃ balam abhivardhate | uttaraṃ ca śiśiravasantagrīṣmāḥ, teṣu bhagavān āpyāyate 'rkaḥ, tiktakaṣāyakaṭukāś ca rasā balavanto bhavanti, uttarottaraṃ ca sarvaprāṇināṃ balam upahīyate ||7||
1938 ed. 1.6.8
bhavati cātra
śītāṃśuḥ kledayatyurvīṃ vivasvān śoṣayatyapi |
tāv ubhāv api saṃśritya vāyuḥ pālayati prajāḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.6.9
atha khalv ayane dve yugapat saṃvatsaro bhavati | te tu pañca yugam iti sañjñāṃ labhante | sa eṣa nimeṣādir yugaparyantaḥ kālaś cakravat parivartamānaḥ kālacakram ity ucyata ity eke ||9||
1938 ed. 1.6.10
iha tu varṣāśaraddhemantavasantagrīṣmaprāvṛṣaḥ ṣaḍṛtavo bhavanti, doṣopacayaprakopopaśamanimittaṃ; te tu bhādrapadādyena dvimāsikena vyākhyātāḥ; tad yathā- bhādrapadāśvayujau varṣāḥ, kārtikamārgaśīrṣau śarat, pauṣamāghau hemantaḥ, phālgunacaitrau vasantaḥ, vaiśākhajyeṣṭhau grīṣmaḥ; āṣāḍhaśrāvaṇau prāvṛḍiti ||10||
1938 ed. 1.6.11
tatra, varṣāsvoṣadhayastaruṇyo 'lpavīryā āpaś cāpraśāntāḥ kṣitimalaprāyāḥ, tā upayujyamānā nabhasi meghāvatate jalapraklinnāyāṃ bhūmau klinnadehānāṃ prāṇināṃ śītavātaviṣṭambhitāgnīnāṃ vidahyante, vidāhāt pittasañcayamāpādayanti; sa sañcayaḥ śaradi praviralameghe viyaty upaśuṣyati paṅke 'rkakiraṇapravilāyitaḥ paittikān vyādhīñjanayati | tā evauṣadhayaḥ kālapariṇāmāt pariṇatavīryā balavatyo hemante bhavantyāpaś ca praśāntāḥ snigdhā atyarthaṃ gurvyāśca, tā upayujyamānā mandakiraṇatvād bhānoḥ satuṣārapavanopastambhitadehānāṃ dehināmavidagdhāḥ snehācchaityād gauravād upalepāc ca śleṣmasañcayamāpādayanti; sa sañcayo vasante 'rkaraśmipravilāyita īṣatstabdhadehānāṃ dehināṃ ślaiṣmikān vyādhīñjanayati | tā evauṣadhayo nidāghe niḥsārā rūkṣā atimātraṃ laghvyo bhavantyāpaśca, tā upayujyamānāḥ sūryapratāpopaśoṣitadehānāṃ dehināṃ raukṣyāllaghutvāc ca vāyoḥ sañcayamāpādayanti; sa sañcayaḥ prāvṛṣi cātyarthaṃ jalopaklinnāyāṃ bhūmau klinnadehānāṃ dehināṃ śītavātavarṣerito vātikān vyādhīñjanayati | evam eṣa doṣāṇāṃ sañcayaprakopahetur uktaḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.6.12
tatra varṣāhemantagrīṣmeṣu sañcitānāṃ doṣāṇāṃ śaradvasantaprāvṛṭsu ca prakupitānāṃ nirharaṇaṃ kartavyam ||12||
1938 ed. 1.6.13
tatra paittikānāṃ vyādhīnām upaśamo hemante, ślaiṣmikāṇāṃ nidāghe, vātikānāṃ śaradi , svabhāvata eva; ta ete sañcayaprakopopaśamā vyākhyātāḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.6.14
tatra, pūrvāhṇe vasantasya liṅgaṃ, madhyāhne grīṣmasya, aparāhṇe prāvṛṣaḥ , pradoṣe vārṣikaṃ, śāradam ardharātre, pratyuṣasi haimantam upalakṣayet; evam ahorātram api varṣam iva śītoṣṇavarṣalakṣaṇaṃ doṣopacayaprakopopaśamair jānīyāt ||14||
1938 ed. 1.6.15
tatra, avyāpanneṣu ṛtuṣv avyāpannā oṣadhayo bhavanty āpaś ca; tā upayujyamānāḥ prāṇāyurbalavīryaujaskaryo bhavanti ||15||
1938 ed. 1.6.16
teṣāṃ punarvyāpado 'dṛṣṭakāritāḥ, śītoṣṇavātavarṣāṇi khalu viparītānyoṣadhīrvyāpādayantyapaśca ||16||
1938 ed. 1.6.17
tāsām upayogād vividharogaprādurbhāvo marako vā bhaved iti ||17||
1938 ed. 1.6.18
tatra, avyāpannānām oṣadhīnām apāṃ copayogaḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.6.19
kadācid avyāpanneṣv api ṛtuṣu kṛtyābhiśāparakṣaḥkrodhādharmair upadhvasyante janapadāḥ, viṣauṣadhipuṣpagandhena vā vāyunopanītenākramyate yo deśas tatra doṣaprakṛtyaviśeṣeṇa kāsaśvāsavamathupratiśyāyaśirorugjvarair upatapyante, grahanakṣatracaritair vā, gṛhadāraśayanāsanayānavāhanamaṇiratnopakaraṇagarhitalakṣaṇanimittaprādurbhāvair vā ||19||
1938 ed. 1.6.20
tatra, sthānaparityāgaśāntikarmaprāyaścittamaṅgalajapahomopahārejyāñjalinamaskārataponiyama- dayādānadīkṣābhyupagamadevatābrāhmaṇaguruparairbhavitavyam, evaṃ sādhu bhavati ||20||
1938 ed. 1.6.21
ata ūrdhvam avyāpannānāmṛtūnāṃ lakṣaṇāny upadekṣyāmaḥ ||21||
1938 ed. 1.6.22
vāyur vāty uttaraḥ śīto rajodhūmākulā diśaḥ |
channastuṣāraiḥ savitā himānaddhā jalāśayāḥ ||22||
1938 ed. 1.6.23
darpitā dhvāṅkṣakhaṅgāhvamahiṣorabhrakuñjarāḥ |
rodhrapriyaṅgupunnāgāḥ puṣpitā himasāhvaye ||23||
1938 ed. 1.6.24
śiśire śītamadhikaṃ vātavṛṣṭyākulā diśaḥ |
śeṣaṃ hemantavat sarvaṃ vijñeyaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ budhaiḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.6.25
siddhavidyādharavadhūcaraṇālaktakāṅkite |
malaye candanalatāpariṣvaṅgādhivāsite ||25||
1938 ed. 1.6.26
vāti kāmijanānandajanano 'naṅgadīpanaḥ |
dampatyor mānabhiduro vasante dakṣiṇo 'nilaḥ ||26||
1938 ed. 1.6.27
diśo vasante vimalāḥ kānanair upaśobhitāḥ |
kiṃśukāmbhojabakulacūtāśokādipuṣpitaiḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.6.28
kokilāṣaṭpadagaṇair upagītā manoharāḥ |
dakṣiṇānilasaṃvītāḥ sumukhāḥ pallavojjvalāḥ ||28||
1938 ed. 1.6.29
grīṣme tīkṣṇāṃśurādityo māruto naiṟuto 'sukhaḥ |
bhūs taptā saritas tanvyo diśaḥ prajvalitā iva ||29||
1938 ed. 1.6.30
bhrāntacakrāhvayugalāḥ payaḥpānākulā mṛgāḥ |
dhvastavīruttṛṇalatā viparṇāṅkitapādapāḥ ||30||
1938 ed. 1.6.31
prāvṛṣy ambaram ānaddhaṃ paścimānilakarṣitaiḥ |
ambudair vidyududdyotaprasrutais tumulasvanaiḥ ||31||
1938 ed. 1.6.32
komalaśyāmaśaṣpāḍhyā śakragopojjvalā mahī |
kadambanīpakuṭajasarjaketakabhūṣitā ||32||
1938 ed. 1.6.33
tatra varṣāsu nadyo 'mbhaśchannokhātataṭadrumāḥ |
vāpy aḥ protphullakumudanīlotpalavirājitāḥ ||33||
1938 ed. 1.6.34
bhūr avyaktasthalaśvabhrā bahuśasyopaśobhitā |
nātigarjatsravanmeghaniruddhārkagrahaṃ nabhaḥ ||34||
1938 ed. 1.6.35
babhrur uṣṇaḥ śarady arkaḥ śvetābhravimalaṃ nabhaḥ |
tathā sarāṃsy amburuhair bhānti haṃsāṃsaghaṭṭitaiḥ ||35||
1938 ed. 1.6.36
paṅkaśuṣkadrumākīrṇā nimnonnatasameṣu bhūḥ |
bāṇasaptāhvabandhūkakāśāsanavirājitā ||36||
1938 ed. 1.6.37
svaguṇair atiyukteṣu viparīteṣu vā punaḥ |
viṣameṣv api vā doṣāḥ kupyanty ṛtuṣu dehinām ||37||
1938 ed. 1.6.38
hared vasante śleṣmāṇaṃ pittaṃ śaradi nirharet |
varṣāsu śamayed vāyuṃ prāgvikārasamucchrayāt ||38||
1938 ed. 1.6.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne ṛtucaryā nāma ṣaṣṭho 'dhyāyaḥ ||6||

saptamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1938 ed. 1.7.1
athāto yantravidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.7.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.7.3
yantraśatam ekottaram; atra hastameva pradhānatamaṃ yantrāṇām avagaccha, (kiṃ kāraṇaṃ ? yasmādd hastād ṛte yantrāṇām apravṛttireva) tadadhīnatvād yantrakarmaṇām ||3||
1938 ed. 1.7.4
tatra, manaḥśarīrābādhakarāṇi śalyāni; teṣāṃ āharaṇopāyo yantrāṇi ||4||
1938 ed. 1.7.5
tāni ṣaṭprakārāṇi; tad yathā- svastikayantrāṇi, sandaṃśayantrāṇi, tālayantrāṇi, nāḍīyantrāṇi, śalākāyantrāṇi, upayantrāṇi ceti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.7.6
tatra caturviṃśatiḥ svastikayantrāṇi , dve sandaṃśayantre, dve eva tālayantre, viṃśatirnāḍyaḥ, aṣṭāviṃśatiḥ śalākāḥ, pañcaviṃśatirupayantrāṇi ||6||
1938 ed. 1.7.7
tāni prāyaśo lauhāni bhavanti; tatpratirūpakāṇi vā tadalābhe ||7||
1938 ed. 1.7.8
tatra, nānāprakārāṇāṃ vyālānāṃ mṛgapakṣiṇāṃ mukhair mukhāni yantrāṇāṃ prāyaśaḥ sadṛśāni; tasmāt tatsārūpyādāgamādupadeśādanyayantradarśanādyuktitaś ca kārayet ||8||
1938 ed. 1.7.9
samāhitāni yantrāṇi kharaślakṣṇamukhāni ca |
sudṛḍhāni surūpāṇi sugrahāṇi ca kārayet ||9||
1938 ed. 1.7.10
tatra svastikayantrāṇi- aṣṭādaśāṅgulapramāṇāni, siṃhavyāghravṛkatarakṣvṛkṣadvīpimārjāraśṛgālamṛgair vārukakākakaṅkakuraracāsabhāsaśaśaghātyulūkacilliśyena- gṛdhrakrauñcabhṛṅgarājāñjalikarṇāvabhañjananandīmukhamukhāni , masūrākṛtibhiḥ kīlair avabaddhāni , mūle 'ṅkuśavadāvṛttavāraṅgāṇi , asthividaṣṭaśalyoddharaṇārtham upadiśyante ||10||
1938 ed. 1.7.11
sanigraho 'nigrahaś ca sandaṃśau ṣoḍaśāṅgulau bhavataḥ, tvaṅmāṃsasirāsnāyugataśalyoddharaṇārtham upadiśyete ||11||
1938 ed. 1.7.12
tālayantre - dvādaśāṅgule matsyatālavadekatāladvitālake, karṇanāsānāḍīśalyānāmāharaṇārtham ||12||
1938 ed. 1.7.13
nāḍīyantrāṇi - anekaprakārāṇi, anekaprayojanāni, ekatomukhānyubhayatomukhāni ca; tāni srotogataśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ, rogadarśanārtham, ācūṣaṇārthaṃ, kriyāsaukaryārthaṃ ceti; tāni srotodvārapariṇāhāni, yathāyogadīrghāṇi ca | tatra bhagandarārśovraṇabastyuttarabastimūtravṛddhidakodaradhūmaniruddhaprakaśasanniruddhagudayantrāṇyalābūśṛṅgayantrāṇi copariṣṭādvakṣyāmaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.7.14
śalākāyantrāṇyapi nānāprakārāṇi, nānāprayojanāni, yathāyogapariṇāhadīrghāṇi ca; teṣāṃ gaṇḍūpadasarpaphaṇaśarapuṅkhabaḍiśamukhe dve dve, eṣaṇavyūhanacālanāharaṇārtham upadiśyete ; masūradalamātramukhe dve kiñcidānatāgre srotogataśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ; ṣaṭ kārpāsakṛtoṣṇīṣāṇi , pramārjanakriyāsu; trīṇi darvyākṛtīni khallamukhāni, kṣārauṣadhapraṇidhānārthaṃ ; trīṇyanyāni jāmbavavadanāni, trīṇyaṅkuśavadanāni, ṣaḍevāgnikarmasvabhipretāni; nāsārbudaharaṇārthamekaṃ kolāsthidalamātramukhaṃ khallatīkṣṇauṣṭhaṃ ; añjanārthamekaṃ kalāyaparimaṇḍalamubhayato mukulāgraṃ; mūtramārgaviśodhanārthamekaṃ mālatīpuṣpavṛntāgrapramāṇaparimaṇḍalam iti ||14||
1938 ed. 1.7.15
upayantrāṇyapi- rajjuveṇikāpaṭṭacarmāntavalkalalatāvastrāṣṭhīlāśmamudgarapāṇipādatalāṅgulijihvā- dantanakhamukhabālāśvakaṭakaśākhāṣṭhīvanapravāhaṇaharṣāyaskāntamayāni kṣārāgnibheṣajāni ceti ||15||
1938 ed. 1.7.16
etāni dehe sarvasmin dehasyāvayave tathā |
sandhau koṣṭhe dhamanyāṃ ca yathāyogaṃ prayojayet ||16||
1938 ed. 1.7.17
yantrakarmāṇi tu- nirghātanapūraṇabandhanavyūhanavartanacālanavivartanavivaraṇapīḍanamārgaviśodhanavikarṣaṇāharaṇāñchanonnamana- vinamanabhañjanonmathanācūṣaṇaiṣaṇadāraṇarjūkaraṇaprakṣālanapradhamanapramārjanāni caturviṃśatiḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.7.18
svabuddhyā cāpi vibhajedyantrakarmāṇi buddhimān |
asaṅkhyeyavikalpatvāc chalyānām iti niścayaḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.7.19
tatra, atisthūlam, asāram, atidīrgham, atihrasvam, agrāhi, viṣamagrāhi, vakraṃ, śithilam, atyunnatam, mṛdukīlaṃ, mṛdumukhaṃ, mṛdupāśam, iti dvādaśa yantradoṣāḥ ||19||
1938 ed. 1.7.20
etair doṣair vinirmuktaṃ yantramaṣṭādaśāṅgulam |
praśastaṃ bhiṣajā jñeyaṃ taddhi karmasu yojayet ||20||
1938 ed. 1.7.21
dṛśyaṃ siṃhamukhādyais tu gūḍhaṃ kaṅkamukhādibhiḥ |
nirhareta śanaiḥ śalyaṃ śāstrayuktivyapekṣayā ||21||
1938 ed. 1.7.22
ni(vi)vartate sādhvavagāhate ca śalyaṃ nigṛhyoddharate ca yasmāt |
yantreṣv ataḥ kaṅkamukhaṃ pradhānaṃ sthāneṣu sarveṣv adhi(vi)kāri caiva ||22||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne yantravidhirnāma saptamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||7||
1938 ed. 1.8.1
athātaḥ śastrāvacāraṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.8.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.8.3
viṃśatiḥ śastrāṇi, tad yathā- maṇḍalāgrakarapatravṛddhipatranakhaśastramudrikotpalapatrakārdhadhārasūcīkuśapatrāṭīmukha- śarārimukhāntarmukhatrikūrcakakuṭhārikāvrīhimukhārāvetasapatrakabaḍiśadantaśaṅkveṣaṇya iti ||3||
1938 ed. 1.8.4
tatra maṇḍalāgrakarapatre syātāṃ chedane lekhane ca, vṛddhipatranakhaśastramudrikotpalapatrakārdhadhārāṇi chedane bhedane ca, sūcīkuśapatrāṭī(ṭā)mukhaśarārimukhāntarmukhatrikūrcakāni visrāvaṇe, kuṭhārikāvrīhimukhārāvetasapatrakāṇi vyadhane sūcī ca, baḍiśaṃ dantaśaṅkuś cāharaṇe, eṣaṇyeṣaṇe ānulomye ca, sūcyaḥ sīvane; ity aṣṭavidhe karmaṇyupayogaḥ śastrāṇāṃ vyākhyātaḥ ||4||
1938 ed. 1.8.5
teṣāṃ atha yathāyogaṃ grahaṇasamāsopāyaḥ karmasu vakṣyate- tatra vṛddhipatraṃ vṛntaphalasādhāraṇe bhāge gṛhṇīyāt, bhedanānyevaṃ sarvāṇi, vṛddhipatraṃ maṇḍalāgraṃ ca kiñciduttānena pāṇinā lekhane bahuśo 'vacāryaṃ, vṛntāgre visrāvaṇāni, viśeṣeṇa tu bālavṛddhasukumārabhīrunārīṇāṃ rājñāṃ rājamā(pu)trāṇāṃ ca trikūrcakena visrāvayet, talapracchāditavṛntamaṅguṣṭhapradeśinībhyāṃ vrīhimukhaṃ, kuṭhārikāṃ vāmahastanyastāmitarahastamadhyamāṅgulyā'ṅguṣṭhaviṣṭabdhayā'bhihanyāt , ārākarapatraiṣaṇyo mūle, śeṣāṇi tu yathāyogaṃ gṛhṇīyāt ||5||
1938 ed. 1.8.6
teṣāṃ nāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.8.7
tatra nakhaśastraiṣaṇyāvaṣṭāṅgule , sūcyo vakṣyante, (pradeśinyagraparvapradeśapramāṇā mudrikā, daśāṅgulā śarārimukhī sā ca (yā sā) kartarīti kathyate) | śeṣāṇi tu ṣaḍaṅgulāni ||7||
1938 ed. 1.8.8 tāni sugrahāṇi, sulohāni, sudhārāṇi, surūpāṇi, susamāhitamukhāgrāṇi, akarālāni, ceti śastrasampat ||8||
1938 ed. 1.8.9
tatra vakraṃ, kuṇṭhaṃ, khaṇḍaṃ, kharadhāram, atisthūlam, atyalpam, atidīrgham, atihrasvam, ity aṣṭau śastradoṣāḥ | ato viparītaguṇam ādadīta, anyatra karapatrāt; tad dhi kharadhāram asthicchedanārtham ||9||
1938 ed. 1.8.10
tatra dhārā bhedanānāṃ māsūrī, lekhanānām ardhamāsūrī, vyadhanānāṃ visrāvaṇānāṃ ca kaiśikī, chedanānām ardhakaiśikīti ||10||
1938 ed. 1.8.11
baḍiśaṃ dantaśaṅkuś cānatāgre | tīkṣṇakaṇṭakaprathamayavapatramukhyeṣaṇī (gaṇḍūpadākāramukhī ca) ||11||
1938 ed. 1.8.12
teṣāṃ pāyanā trividhā kṣārodakataileṣu | tatra kṣārapāyitaṃ śaraśalyāsthicchedaneṣu, udakapāyitaṃ māṃsacchedanabhedanapāṭaneṣu, tailapāyitaṃ sirāvyadhanasnāyucchedaneṣu ||12||
1938 ed. 1.8.13
teṣāṃ niśānārthaṃ ślakṣṇaśilā māṣavarṇā; dhārāsaṃsthāpanārthaṃ śālmalīphalakam iti ||13||
1938 ed. 1.8.14
bhavati cātra
yadā suniśitaṃ śastraṃ romacchedi susaṃsthitam |
sugṛhītaṃ pramāṇena tadā karmasu yojayet ||14||
1938 ed. 1.8.15
anuśastrāṇi tu tvaksārasphaṭikakācakuruvindajalaukognikṣāranakhagojīśephālikāśākapatrakarīrabālāṅgulaya iti ||15||
1938 ed. 1.8.16
śiśūnāṃ śastrabhīrūṇāṃ śastrābhāve ca yojayet |
tvaksārādicaturvargaṃ chedye bhedye ca buddhimān ||16||
1938 ed. 1.8.17
āhāryacchedyabhedyeṣu nakhaṃ śakyeṣu yojayet |
vidhiḥ pravakṣyate paścāt kṣāravahnijalaukasām ||17||
1938 ed. 1.8.18
ye syur mukhagatā rogā netravartmagatāś ca ye |
gojīśephālikāśākapatrairvisrāvayet tu tān ||18||
1938 ed. 1.8.19
eṣyeṣv eṣaṇyalābhe tu bālāṅgulyaṅkurā hitāḥ ||
śastrāṇy etāni matimān śuddhaśaikyāyasāni tu |
kārayet karaṇaprāptaṃ karmāraṃ karmakovidam ||19||
1938 ed. 1.8.20
prayogajñasya vaidyasya siddhir bhavati nity aśaḥ |
tasmāt paricayaṃ kuryāc chastrāṇāṃ grahaṇe sadā ||20||
1938 ed. 1.8.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śastrāvacāraṇīyo nāmāṣṭamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.9.1
athāto yogyāsūtrīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.9.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.9.3
adhigatasarvaśāstrārtham api śiṣyaṃ yogyāṃ kārayet | snehādiṣu chedyādiṣu ca karmapatham upadiśet | subahuśruto 'pyakṛtayogyaḥ karmasvayogyo bhavati ||3||
1938 ed. 1.9.4
tatra, puṣpaphalālābūkālindakatrapusai(so)rvārukarkārukaprabhṛtiṣu chedyaviśeṣān darśayet, utkartanāpakartanāni copadiśet; dṛtibastiprasevakaprabhṛtiṣūdakapaṅkapūrṇeṣu bhedyayogyāṃ; saromṇi carmaṇyātate lekhyasya; mṛtapaśusirāsūtpalanāleṣu ca vedhyasya; ghuṇopahatakāṣṭhaveṇunalanālīśuṣkālābūmukheṣveṣyasya; panasabimbībilvaphalamajjamṛtapaśudanteṣvāhāryasya; madhūcchiṣṭopalipte śālmalīphalake visrāvyasya; sūkṣmaghanavastrāntayor mṛducarmāntayoś ca sīvyasya; pustamayapuruṣāṅgapratyaṅgaviśeṣeṣu bandhanayogyāṃ; mṛduṣu māṃsakhaṇḍeṣv agnikṣārayogyāṃ; mṛducarmamāṃsapeśīṣūtpalanāleṣu ca karṇasandhibandhayogyām; udakapūrṇaghaṭapārśvasrotasyalābūmukhādiṣu ca netrapraṇidhānabastivraṇabastipīḍanayogyām iti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.9.5ab
bhavataś cātra
evam ādiṣu medhāvī yogyārheṣu yathāvidhi |
1938 ed. 1.9.5cd
dravyeṣu yogyāṃ kurvāṇo na pramuhyati karmasu ||5||
1938 ed. 1.9.6ab
tasmāt kauśalam anvicchan śastrakṣārāgnikarmasu |
1938 ed. 1.9.6cd
yasya yatreha sādharmyaṃ tatra yogyāṃ samācaret ||6||
1938 ed. 1.9.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne yogyāsūtrīyo nāma navamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||9||
1938 ed. 1.10.1
athāto viśikhānupraveśanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.10.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.10.3
adhigatatantreṇopāsitatantrārthena dṛṣṭakarmaṇā kṛtayogyena śāstraṃ nigadatā rājānujñātena nīcanakharomṇā śucinā śuklavastraparihitena chatravatā daṇḍahastena sopānatkenānuddhataveśena sumanasā kalyāṇābhivyāhāreṇākuhakena bandhubhūtena bhūtānāṃ susahāyavatā vaidyena viśikhā'nupraveṣṭavyā ||3||
1938 ed. 1.10.4.1
tato dūtanimittaśakunamaṅgalānulomyenāturagṛhamabhigamya, upaviśya, āturamabhipaśyet spṛśet pṛcchec ca | tribhir etairvijñānopāyai rogāḥ prāyaśo veditavyā
1938 ed. 1.10.4.2
ity eke; tat tu na samyak, ṣaḍvidho hi rogāṇāṃ vijñānopāyaḥ, tad yathā- pañcabhiḥ śrotrādibhiḥ praśnena ceti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.10.5
tatra śrotrendriyavijñeyā viśeṣā rogeṣu vraṇāsrāvavijñānīyādiṣu vakṣyante- ‘tatra saphenaṃ raktamīrayannanilaḥ saśabdo nirgacchati’(sū. a.26) ity evamādayaḥ, sparśanendriyavijñeyāḥ śītoṣṇaślakṣṇakarkaśamṛdukaṭhinatvād ayaḥ (sparśaviśeṣā ) jvaraśophādiṣu, cakṣurindriyavijñeyāḥ śarīropacayāpacayāyurlakṣaṇabalavarṇavikārādayaḥ, rasanendriyavijñeyāḥ pramehādiṣu rasaviśeṣāḥ, ghrāṇendriyavijñeyā ariṣṭaliṅgādiṣu vraṇānāmavraṇānāṃ ca gandhaviśeṣāḥ, praśnena ca vijānīyāddeśaṃ kālaṃ jātiṃ sātmyamātaṅkasamutpattiṃ vedanāsamucchrāyaṃ balamantaragniṃ vātamūtrapurīṣāṇāṃ pravṛttimapravṛttiṃ kālaprakarṣādīṃś ca viśeṣān | ātmasadṛśeṣu vijñānābhyupāyeṣu tatsthānīyair jānīyāt ||5||
1938 ed. 1.10.6
evam abhisamīkṣya sādhyān sādhayet, yāpyān yāpayet, asādhyānnaivopakrameta, parisaṃvatsarotthitāṃś ca vikārān prāyaśo varjayet ||6||
1938 ed. 1.10.7
bhavati cātra
mithyādṛṣṭā vikārā hi durākhyātās tathaiva ca |
tathā duṣparimṛṣṭāś ca mohayeyuścikitsakam ||7||
1938 ed. 1.10.8
tatra sādhyā api vyādhayaḥ prāyeṇaiṣāṃ duścikitsyatamā bhavanti |
tad yathā- śrotriyanṛpatistrībālavṛddhabhīrurājasevakakitavadurbalavaidyavidagdhavyādhigopakadaridrakṛpaṇakrodhanānāmanātmavatāmanāthānāṃ ca; evaṃ nirūpya cikitsāṃ kurvan dharmārthakāmayaśāṃsi prāpnoti ||8||
1938 ed. 1.10.9
bhavati cātra
strībhiḥ sahāsyāṃ saṃvāsaṃ parihāsaṃ ca varjayet |
dattaṃ ca tābhyo nādeyamannādanyadbhiṣagvaraiḥ ||9||
1938 ed. 1.10.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne viśikhānupraveśanīyo nāma daśamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||10||
1938 ed. 1.11.1
athātaḥ kṣārapākavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.11.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.11.3
śastrānuśastrebhyaḥ kṣāraḥ pradhānatamaḥ, chedyabhedyalekhyakaraṇāt tridoṣaghnatvād viśeṣakriyāvacāraṇāc ca ||3||
1938 ed. 1.11.4
tatra kṣaraṇāt kṣaṇanād vā kṣāraḥ ||4||
1938 ed. 1.11.5
nānauṣadhisamavāyāt tridoṣaghnaḥ , śuklatvāt saumyaḥ; tasya saumyasyāpi sato dahanapacanadāraṇādiśaktiraviruddhā, āgneyauṣadhiguṇabhūyiṣṭhatvāt kaṭuka uṣṇastīkṣṇaḥ pācano vilayanaḥ śodhano ropaṇaḥ śoṣaṇaḥ stambhano lekhanaḥ kṛmyāmakaphakuṣṭhaviṣamedasām upahantā puṃstvasya cātisevitaḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.11.6
sa dvividhaḥ pratisāraṇīyaḥ, pānīyaś ca ||6||
1938 ed. 1.11.7
tatra pratisāraṇīyaḥ kuṣṭhakiṭibhadadrumaṇḍalakilāsabhagandarārbudārśoduṣṭavraṇanāḍīcarmakīla- tilakālakanyacchavyaṅgamaśakabāhyavidradhikṛmiviṣādiṣūpadiśyate , saptasu ca mukharogeṣūpajihvādhijihvopakuśadantavaidarbheṣu tisṛṣu ca rohiṇīṣu, eteṣv evānuśastrapraṇidhānam uktam ||7||
1938 ed. 1.11.8
pānīyas tu garagulmodarāgnisaṅgājīrṇārocakānāha- śarkarāśmaryābhyantaravidradhikṛmiviṣārśaḥsūpayujyate ||8||
1938 ed. 1.11.9
ahitas tu raktapittajvaritapittaprakṛtibālavṛddhadurbalabhrama- madamūrcchātimiraparītebhyo 'nyebhyaścaivaṃvidhebhyaḥ ||9||
1938 ed. 1.11.10
taṃ cetarakṣāravad dagdhvā parisrāvayet; tasya vistaro 'nyatra ||10||
1938 ed. 1.11.11
athetaras trividho mṛdurmadhyastīkṣṇaś ca | taṃ cikīrṣuḥ śaradi girisānujaṃ śucir upoṣya praśaste 'hani praśastadeśajātam anupahataṃ madhyamavayasaṃ mahāntamasitamuṣkakamadhivāsyāparedyuḥ pāṭayitvā khaṇḍaśaḥ prakalpyāvapāṭya nivāte deśe nicitiṃ kṛtvā sudhāśarkarāś ca prakṣipya tilanālair ādīpayet | athopaśānte 'gnau tadbhasma pṛthaggṛhṇīyādbhasmaśarkarāś ca | athānenaiva vidhānena kuṭajapalāśāśvakarṇapāribhadrakabibhītakāragvadhatilvakārkasnuhyapāmārgapāṭalānaktamālavṛṣakadalī- citrakapūtīkendravṛkṣāsphotāśvamārakasaptacchadāgnimanthaguñjāś catasraś ca kośātakīḥ samūlaphalapatraśākhā dahet | tataḥ kṣāradroṇam udakadroṇaiḥ ṣaḍbhir āloḍya mūtrair vā yathoktair ekaviṃśatikṛtvaḥ parisrāvya, mahati kaṭāhe śanair darvyā'vaghaṭṭayan vipacet | sa yadā bhavaty accho raktas tīkṣṇaḥ picchilaś ca tamādāya mahati vastre parisrāvyetaraṃ vibhajya punar agnāv adhiśrayet | tata eva kṣārodakāt kuḍavamadhyardhaṃ vā'panayet | tataḥ kaṭaśarkarābhasmaśarkarākṣīrapākaśaṅkhanābhīragnivarṇāḥ kṛtvā''yase pātre tasminn eva kṣārodake niṣicya piṣṭvā
1938 ed. 1.11.11b tenaiva dvidroṇe 'ṣṭapalasammitaṃ śaṅkhanābhyādīnāṃ pramāṇaṃ prativāpya , satatamapramattaścainamavaghaṭṭayan vipacet | sa yathā nātisāndro nātidravaś ca bhavati tathā prayateta | athainamāgatapākamavatāryānuguptamāyase kumbhe saṃvṛtamukhe nidadhyādeṣa madhyamaḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.11.12
eṣa caivāpratīvāpaḥ pakvaḥ saṃvyūhimo mṛduḥ ||12||
1938 ed. 1.11.13
pratīvāpe yathālābhaṃ dantīdravantīcitrakalāṅgalīpūtikapravālatālapatrīviḍasuvarcikākanakakṣīrīhiṅguvacātiviṣāḥ samāḥ ślakṣṇacūrṇāḥ śuktipramāṇāḥ pratīvāpaḥ | sa eva sapratīvāpaḥ pakvaḥ pākyastīkṣṇaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.11.14
teṣāṃ yathāvyādhibalam upayogaḥ ||14||
1938 ed. 1.11.15
kṣīṇabale tu kṣārodakam āvaped balakaraṇārtham ||15||
1938 ed. 1.11.16
bhavataś cātra
naivātitīkṣṇo na mṛduḥ śuklaḥ ślakṣṇo 'tha picchilaḥ |
aviṣyandī śivaḥ śīghraḥ kṣāro hy aṣṭaguṇaḥ smṛtaḥ ||16||
1938 ed. 1.11.17
atimārdavaśvaity auṣṇyataikṣṇyapaicchilyasarpitāḥ |
sāndratā'pakvatā hīnadravyatā doṣa ucyate ||17||
1938 ed. 1.11.18
tatra kṣārasādhyavyādhivyādhitam upaveśya nivātātape deśe 'sambādhe 'gropaharaṇīyoktena vidhānenopasambhṛtasambhāraṃ, tato 'sya tam avakāśaṃ nirīkṣyāvaghṛṣyāvalikhya pracchayitvā , śalākayā kṣāraṃ pratisārayet, dattvā vākśatamātram upekṣeta ||18||
1938 ed. 1.11.19
tasminnipatite vyādhau kṛṣṇatā dagdhalakṣaṇam
tatrāmlavargaḥ śamanaḥ sarpirmadhukasaṃyutaḥ ||19||
1938 ed. 1.11.20
atha cet sthiramūlatvāt kṣāradagdhaṃ na śīryate |
idamālepanaṃ tatra samagramavacārayet ||20||
1938 ed. 1.11.21
amlakāñjikabījāni tilān madhukam eva ca |
prapeṣya samabhāgāni tenainamanulepayet ||21||
1938 ed. 1.11.22
tilakalkaḥ samadhuko ghṛtākto vraṇaropaṇaḥ
rasenāmlena tīkṣṇena vīryoṣṇena ca yojitaḥ ||22||
1938 ed. 1.11.23
āgneyenāgninā tulyaḥ kathaṃ kṣāraḥ praśāmyati |
evaṃ cen manyase vatsa! procyamānaṃ nibodha me ||23||
1938 ed. 1.11.24
amlavarjān rasān kṣāre sarvāneva vibhāvayet |
kaṭukas tatra bhūyiṣṭho lavaṇo 'nurasas tathā |
amlena saha saṃyuktaḥ satīkṣṇalavaṇo rase ||24||
1938 ed. 1.11.25
mādhuryaṃ bhajate 'tyarthaṃ tīkṣṇabhāvaṃ vimuñcati |
mādhuryācchamamāpnoti vahniradbhir ivāplutaḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.11.26
tatra samyagdagdhe vikāropaśamo lāghavamanāsrāvaś ca |26| hīnadagdhe todakaṇḍujāḍyāni vyādhivṛddhiś ca atidagdhe dāhapākarāgasrāvāṅgamardaklamapipāsāmūrcchāḥ syur maraṇaṃ vā ||26||
1938 ed. 1.11.27
kṣāradagdhavraṇaṃ tu yathādoṣaṃ yathāvyādhi copakramet ||27||
1938 ed. 1.11.28
atha naite kṣārakṛtyāḥ tad yathā- durbalabālasthavirabhīrusarvāṅgaśūnodariraktapittigarbhiṇyṛtumatīpravṛddhajvaripramehirūkṣakṣatakṣīṇa- tṛṣṇāmūrcchopadrutaklībāpavṛttodvṛttaphalayonayaḥ ||28||
1938 ed. 1.11.29
tathā marmasirāsnāyusandhitaruṇāsthisevanīdhamanīgalanābhinakhāntaḥśephaḥsrotaḥsvalpamāṃseṣu ca deśeṣv akṣṇoś ca na dadyād anyatra vartmarogāt ||29||
1938 ed. 1.11.30
tatra kṣārasādhyeṣv api vyādhiṣu śūnagātram asthiśūlinam annadveṣiṇaṃ hṛdayasandhipīḍopadrutaṃ ca kṣāro na sādhayati (durbalabālasthavirādīn pratisāraṇīya iti) ||30||
1938 ed. 1.11.31
bhavati cātra
viṣāgniśastrāśanimṛtyukalpaḥ kṣāro bhavaty alpamatiprayuktaḥ |
sa dhīmatā samyag anuprayukto rogān nihanyād acireṇa ghorān ||31||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne kṣārapākavidhir nāmaikādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.12.1
|| athāto 'gnikarmavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||1||
1938 ed. 1.12.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||2||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.1
athāta ityādi | agninā kṛtvā yat karma, agneḥ saṃbandhi vā yat karma, tad agnikarma; tasya vidhir vidhānaṃ, tad yasminn adhyāye vidyate taṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ | ‘agnikarmīyam’ ity anye paṭhanti, “agnikarmādhikṛtya kṛto 'gnikarmīyaḥ” iti vyākhyānayanti ca ||1||2||
1938 ed. 1.12.3a
kṣārādagnirgarīyān kriyāsu vyākhyātaḥ,
1938 ed. 1.12.3b
taddagdhānāṃ rogāṇām apunarbhāvād
1938 ed. 1.12.3c
bheṣaja śastrakṣārair asādhyānāṃ tatsādhyatvāc ca ||3||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.3a
agnikarma māhātmyam āha,— kṣārād ityādi |—
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.3a
kṣārād guroḥ sakāśād agnir garīyān gurutaraḥ | kutra punaḥ kṣārād agnir garīyān ity āha — kriyāsu karmasu, na tu guṇeṣu; guṇeṣu punas tridoṣaghnacchedyabhedyalekhyakaraṇādiṣu kṣāra eva pradhānaḥ; etena sve sve kṛtye dvayor api prādhānyam ity uktaṃ; yathā — dṛḍhaprahāritvenārjunāt karṇaḥ, karṇād dūrāpātitvenārjunaḥ pradhānam iti | vyākhyāta iti kathita ity arthaḥ |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.3b
pratijñātasya garīyas tv asya sādhakaṃ hetum āha —
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.3b
taddagdhānām iti | — agnidagdhānām; apunarbhāvād iti apunarbhāvas tu sādhyānāṃ samyag dagdhānāṃ , etad viparyaye tv agnidagdhasyāpi punar udbhavaḥ anye tv anyā samādadhati — arbudādayo 'gninā samūlam unmūlitā mithyāhārādibhiḥ punardoṣaprakopāt tat sthāna evānye jāyamānās tadvad upālabhyante | hetvantaraṃ samuccinvan āha, — bheṣajetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.3c
tatsādhyatvāt_ agnisādhyatvād ity arthaḥ | anye tu ‘svedaśastrakṣāraiḥ’ iti paṭhanti, tatrāyam arthaḥ — bhagandarārśasādayaḥ pūrvaṃ svidyante, paścāt teṣu śastram avacāryate; athavā svedagrahaṇaṃ bheṣajopalakṣaṇaṃ, bheṣajāśaktau śastrāvacāraṇaṃ, śastrāśaktāv aśeṣavyādhiśamanāya kṣāraḥ, kṣārāśakye 'vagāḍhamūle vyādhāv agnir iti ||3||
1938 ed. 1.12.4a
athemāni dahanopakaraṇāni bhavanti- tad yathā- pippalyajāśakṛdgodantaśaraśalākā jāmbavauṣṭhetaralauhāḥ kṣaudraguḍasnehāś ca |
1938 ed. 1.12.4b
tatra, pippalyajāśakṛdgodantaśaraśalākās tvaggatānāṃ,
1938 ed. 1.12.4c
jāmbavauṣṭhetaralauhā māṃsagatānāṃ,
1938 ed. 1.12.4d
kṣaudraguḍasnehāḥ sirāsnāyusandhyasthigatānām ||4||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.4a
aganyavacāraṇopakaraṇāni nidarśayann āha, — athemānītyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.4a
ajāśakṛt chāgapurīṣaṃ; jāmbavauṣṭhaṃ jambūphalasadṛśamukhāgrā kṛṣṇapāṣāṇaracitāvarttiḥ; itaralohās tāmrarajatādayaḥ, teṣāṃ vikārā lauhāḥ; kṣaudraguḍasnehāś ceti cakārāt sarjarasamadhūcchiṣṭādayaḥ |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.4b
agnyupakaraṇarāśitrayasya pratyekaṃ viṣayaṃ darśayann āha — tatretyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.4b
tvaggatānām iti vātakaphakṛtānāṃ suptyādivikārāṇāṃ |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.4c
māṃsagatānāṃ vātakaphajavikārāṇām |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.4d
kṣaudraguḍasnehāḥ ity atrāpi vātakaphasambhūtānām iti bodhavyam | nanu, kāśyapena muninā sirādiṣv agnikarma pratiṣiddhaṃ; tathā ca tad vacanaṃ, — “na sirāsnāyusandhyasthimarmasv api kathaṃcana | daṃśasyotkarttanaṃ kāryaṃ dāho vā bhiṣajāgninā” — iti; iha tu sirādiṣv api agnikarmoktam , itthaṃ ca śāstrāntaravirodhaḥ; tan na, atrāpi sirā snāyusandhyasthichedād raktātipravṛttau vyāpatpratīkāyāgnikarmoktaṃ, na punaḥ sirādigatarogochedanāya, yato māṃsadāhād eva sirādigatarogocchedo jāyata eva; tathā ca bhadraśaunakaḥ, — “tvaṅmāṃsasaṃśrito vāyus tvagdāhenaiva śāmyati | māṃse dagdhe hi śāmyanti sirāsnāyvasthisandhijāḥ” — iti ||4|| tasya kālaṃ sāpavādaṃ nirddiśann āha |
1938 ed. 1.12.5
tatrāgnikarma sarvartuṣu kuryād anyatra śaradgrīṣmābhyāṃ; tatrāpyātyayike 'gnikarmasādhye vyādhau tatpratyanīkaṃ vidhiṃ kṛtvā ||5||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.5
tasya kālaṃ sāpavādaṃ nirddiśann āha, — tatrāgnītyādi | tatrāgnikarma sarvartuṣu kuryād ity utsargaḥ, anyatra śaradgrīṣmābhyām ity apavādaḥ | śaradgrīṣmayor apy avasthāyāṃ pravṛttim āha, — tatrāpītyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.5
trāpīti śaradgrīṣamyor api, ātyayike āśuprāṇavināśake, tatpratyanīka vidhiṃ kṛtveti tasyāgnisamānasya śaradgrīṣmābhidhānasyartoḥ, pratyanīkavidhiṃ viparitavidhānaṃ śītācchādanabhojanapradehādikaṃ kṛtvā ‘agnikarma kuryāt’ ity anuvarttate | atra pāṭhe kecid vidhiśabdaṃ na paṭhanti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.12.6a
sarvavyādhiṣvṛtuṣu ca picchilamannaṃ bhuktavataḥ;
1938 ed. 1.12.6b
mūḍhagarbhāśmarībhagandarodarārśomukharogeṣv abhuktavataḥ karma kurvīta ||6||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.6a
sarvā'gnikarmāṃgavidhim āha, — sarvavyādhiṣv ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.6a
atrāpi ‘agnikarma kuryāt’ iti pratyekaṃ saṃbadhyate picchilam annaṃ picchilavīryam annaṃ; śītamṛdupicchilānāṃ vīryāṇāṃ pittaghnatvāt |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.6b
tatra pradeśeṣu bhojanasya pratiṣedham āha —
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.6b
mūḍhagarbhāśmarītyādi | eṣu bhojane kṛte ūrdhvādhovegābhyāṃ karmavighātaḥ syāt kvacid udarānavakāśatvāt | kecid atra ‘mūḍhagarbhāśmarī’ ityādipāṭhaṃ na paṭhanti ||6||
1938 ed. 1.12.7
tatra dvividhamagnikarmāhureke- tvagdagdhaṃ, māṃsadagdhaṃ ca; iha tu sirāsnāyu sandhyasthiṣv api na pratiṣiddho 'gniḥ ||7||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.7
agnikarmaṇy ekīyamataṃ darśayann āya, — tatra dvividam ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.7
svatantrasiddhāntaṃ darśayann āha — iha tu siretyādi | sirādiṣv apy agnikarma kartavyam ity arthaḥ pūrvaṃ vyākhyātaḥ; “sirādiṣv api agnikarmavidhir ātyayike vyādhāv eva, nānyatra” ity anye vyākhyānayanti ||7||
1938 ed. 1.12.8
tatra, śabdaprādurbhāvo durgandhatā tvaksaṅkocaś ca tvagdagdhe, kapotavarṇatā'lpaśvayathuvedanā śuṣkasaṅkucitavraṇatā ca māṃsadagdhe; kṛṣṇonnatavraṇatā srāvasannirodhaś ca sirāsnāyudagdhe, rūkṣāruṇatā karkaśasthiravraṇatā ca sandhyasthidagdhe ||8||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.8a
tvagādiṣu karmaṇi kṛte prativiṣayaṃ bhedalakṣaṇaṃ darśayann āha, — tatra śabdetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.8b
sthiravraṇatā kaṭhinavraṇatā ||8||
1938 ed. 1.12.9a
tatra śirorogādhimanthayor bhrūlalāṭaśaṅkhapradeśeṣu dahet,
1938 ed. 1.12.9b
vartmarogeṣv ārdrālaktakapraticchannāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ kṛtvā vartmaromakūpān ||9||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.9a
rogabhedāc charīrāvayavaviśeṣeṣv agnyavacāraṇaṃ darśayann āha, — tatra śirorogetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.9a
adhimanthaḥ akṣirogo 'bhiṣyandapūrvakaḥ | bhruvau akṣikūṭopari romarājī, śaṅkhau bhrūkarṇayor madhyam | vartmadeśe yathā 'gnyavacāraṇaṃ tathā darśayann āha, — vartmarogeṣv ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.9b
‘dahet’ ity anuvartate | vartma netracchādanam | ārdrālaktaka ārdrakarpaṭaḥ ||9||
1938 ed. 1.12.10
tvaṅmāṃsa sirāsnāyusandhyasthisthite 'tyugraruji vāyāv ucchritakaṭhinasuptamāṃse vraṇe granthyarśo 'rbudabhagandarāpacīślīpadacarmakīlatilakālakāntravṛddhisandhisirācchedanādiṣu nāḍīśoṇitātipravṛttiṣu cāgnikarma kuryāt ||10||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.10
śeṣaviṣayam avasthābhedena darśayann āha, — tvaṅmāṃsetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.10
atyugraruje vāyau iti ugraśūle vāyau | ucchritakaṭhinasuptamāṃse iti ucchritam utsedhavat, suptam acetanam | nāḍīti vraṇaviśeṣaḥ |
1938 ed. 1.12.11
tatra valaya-bindu-vilekhā-pratisāraṇānīti dahanaviśeṣāḥ ||11||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.11
praṇidhānākāraviśeṣam āha — tatra valayetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.11
vyādhimūle valayam iva valayaṃ,| śalākāgranirmito bindur iva binduḥ, tīryagṛjuvakrā vividhā lekhā vilekhā, taptaśalākāprabhṛtibhir avagharṣaṇaṃ pratisāraṇaṃ; viśeṣā iti āśrayavyādhivaśenākṛtibhedāḥ | tatra valayetyādigadyasyādau kecit ‘rogākṛtim avekṣya’ iti paṭhanti; sa ca nibandhakārair na paṭhitaḥ, kutaḥ ? tasyārthasyāgrimaślokenaivoktatvāt ||11||
1938 ed. 1.12.12
bhavati cātra —
rogasya saṃsthānam avekṣya samyaṅ narasya marmāṇi balābalaṃ ca ||
vyādhiṃ tathartuṃ ca samīkṣya samyak tato 'vyavasyed bhiṣag agnikarma ||12||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.12
valayādi dahanaviśeṣeṇārambhahetuṃ parihāryāṇi ca darśayitum āha, — bhavati cātretyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.12
rogasya granthyādeḥ | saṃsthānam āyatādyākāram | etena valayādyārambhahetuḥ kathitaḥ | parihāryāṇi ca kathayann āha, — narasya marmāṇītyādi | balābalam iti ‘āturasya’ iti śeṣaḥ, balavaty āture karmādhikāraḥ, abalavati parihāraḥ | vyādhiṃ vātakaphātmakaṃ, tatrāgnikarmādhikāraḥ, parihāras tu raktapittādau | ṛtum iti hemantādipravṛttiviṣayam, apravṛttis tu śaradgrīṣmayoḥ | avekṣya samyag iti atraikasminn eva śloke ekārthaśabdadvayakaraṇaṃ pravṛttinivṛtti viṣayor ubhayor apy avekṣaṇe yatnaḥ kārya iti pratipādanārtham | adhyavasyet kuryād ity arthaḥ | prathamasya ‘avekṣya samyak’ ity etasya sthāne ‘atho viditvā’ iti kecit paṭhanti, viditvā jñātvā ||12||
1938 ed. 1.12.13
tatra samyagdagdhe madhusarpirbhyām abhyaṅgaḥ ||13||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.13
idānīṃ samyagdagdhaṃ cikitsann āha, — tatra samyagdagdhe ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.13
agnikarmadūṣitaraktapittayoḥ prāsādāya vedanopaśamāya ca ||13||
1938 ed. 1.12.14
athemānagninā pariharet — pittaprakṛtim antaḥśoṇitaṃ bhinnakoṣṭhamanuddhṛtaśalyaṃ durbalaṃ bālaṃ vṛddhaṃ bhīrumaneka vraṇa pīḍitamasvedyāṃś ceti ||14||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.14
agninivṛttiviṣayaṃ darśayann āha — athemān ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.14
antaḥśoṇitaṃ bhinnakoṣṭham iti itthaṃbhūtasya puruṣasya śoṇitanirodhena dāhapākādisaṃbhavāt | ‘anekavraṇapīḍitam’ ity asya sthāne kecit ‘anekavyādhiparipīḍitam’ iti paṭhanti | asvedyāḥ ‘pāṇḍur mehī raktapittī tṛṣārta’ (ci. a. 32) ityādayaḥ ||14||
1938 ed. 1.12.15
ata ūrdhvamitarathādagdhalakṣaṇaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra, snigdhaṃ rūkṣaṃ vā''(cā)śritya dravyamagnir dahati; agnisantapto hi snehaḥ sūkṣmasirānusāritvāt tvagādīnanupraviśyāśu dahati; tasmāt snehadagdhe 'dhikā rujo bhavanti ||15||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.15
valayādiprakārāt prakārāntareṇāgnidagdhalakṣaṇaṃ vaktum āha, — ata ūrdhvam ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.15
itarathā dagdham iti prakārāntareṇa vaidyād ṛte pramādād dagdham | tatretyādi dravyaṃ snigdhaṃ sarpirādi, rūkṣaṃ dravyaṃ kāṣṭhapāṣāṇa loṣṭādi ||15||
1938 ed. 1.12.16a
tatra pluṣṭaṃ durdagdhaṃ samyagdagdhamatidagdhaṃ ceti caturvidhamagnidagdham |
1938 ed. 1.12.16b
tatra yad vivarṇaṃ pluṣyate 'timātraṃ tat pluṣṭaṃ;
1938 ed. 1.12.16c
yatrottiṣṭhanti sphoṭās tīvrāś coṣadāharāgapākavedanāś cirāc copaśāmyanti tad durdagdhaṃ;
1938 ed. 1.12.16d
samyagdagdham anavagāḍhaṃ tālavarṇaṃ susaṃsthitaṃ pūrvalakṣaṇayuktaṃ ca;
1938 ed. 1.12.16e
atidagdhe māṃsāvalambanaṃ gātraviśleṣaḥ sirāsnāyusandhyasthivyāpādanamatimātraṃ jvaradāhapipāsāmūrcchāścopadravā bhavanti, vraṇaś cāsya cireṇa rohati, rūḍhaś ca vivarṇo bhavati |
1938 ed. 1.12.16f
tad etac caturvidham agnidagdhalakṣaṇam ātmakarmaprasādhakaṃ bhavati ||16||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16
tatrāgnidagdhaṃ vaidyadoṣāt pramādād vā caturvidhaṃ darśayann āha — tatra pluṣṭam ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16
pluṣṭadurdagdhayor hīnadagdhatve 'pi pṛthakkaraṇaṃ lakṣaṇacikitsābhedāt | ‘tatra pluṣṭam’ ityādigaṇanayaiva catuḥsaṃkhyā labdhā, punaḥ ‘caturvidham’ itikaraṇaṃ pluṣṭadurdagdhābhyāṃ bhedābhyāṃ hīnadagdhasya tripakāradāhaśaṅkānirāsārtham |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16b
eṣāṃ lakṣaṇam āha, — tatra yad vivarṇam ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16b
tatra teṣu madhye | vivarṇaṃ prākṛtavarṇād anyavarṇam | pluṣyate 'timātram atyarthaṃ dahyate na ca sphoṭotpattiḥ syāt | anye tv atra ‘pluṣṭam atimātraṃ vivarṇaṃ yat pluṣyate’ iti paṭhanti vyākhyānayanti ca — atimātraṃ vivarṇaṃ yat pluṣyata iti agnitāpenotsvinnam iva bhavati; vivarṇam atra pāṇḍuvarṇam |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16c
yatretyādi | coṣa ākṛṣyata iva vedanāviśeṣaḥ, dāho bhasmasād bhavatīva, rāgo raktatā, vedanā oṣādayaḥ |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16d
samyagdagdham ityādi | anavagāḍham atidagdha lakṣaṇarahitam | tālavarṇaṃ pakvatālaphalavarṇam ity arthaḥ; ‘pakvatālavarṇam ity eke paṭhanti, apare tu ‘tālapakvaphalavarṇaṃ’ iti | susaṃsthitaṃ atyunnatāvanatādidoṣavarjitam | pūrvalakṣaṇayuktaṃ ceti tvaṅmāṃsasirāsnāyusandhyasthidāhaliṅgayuktam |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16e
atidagdhe ityādi | gātraviśleṣo viṣaṭanaṃ, vyāpādanaṃ hiṃsanam | atimātraśabdo jvarādibhiḥ saha pratyekaṃ saṃbadhyate | mūrchāś ceti || cakārāc choṇitasrāvādayaś ca |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16f
tadetadityādi | pluṣṭādibhedena caturvidham apy agnikarma vaidyasya yadātmakarma cikitsārūpaṃ tasya prasādhakaṃ bhavatīty arthaḥ | nanu, samyagdagdhalakṣaṇam eva vaidyasyātmakarmaprasādhakaṃ bhavati, na punaḥ pluṣṭadurdagdhātidagdhalakṣaṇaṃ; satyaṃ, samyagdagdhalakṣaṇaṃ vaidyakarmaprasādhakam upādeyatvena, pluṣṭadurdagdhātidagdhalakṣaṇaṃ parihāryatveneti na doṣaḥ | anye cānyathā paṭhanti — ‘tad etac caturvidham agnidagdhalakṣaṇaṃ pūrvoktakarmaprasādhakaṃ bhavati’ — iti, vyākhyānayanti ca — “pūrvoktaṃ tvaṅmāṃsāśritaṃ yad agnikarma tallakṣaṇaprasādhakaṃ dyotakaṃ bhavati; athavā pūrvokteṣv agnisādhyeṣu śirorogādhimanthādiṣu yad agnikarma tat prasādhakaṃ heyopādeyarūpatayety arthaḥ” iti | apare tu ‘tad etac caturvidham agnidagdhalakṣaṇaṃ pūrvoktakarmaprasādhanaṃ ca bhavati’ iti cakāraṃ paṭhanti vyākhyānayanti ca; teṣāṃ mate yad etac caturvidham agnikarma tat kathaṃ cikitsanīyam ity āha, — pūrvoktakarmaprasādhanaṃ; pūrvapratipāditā yā kriyā tatpratīkāraṃ tac cikitsitam ity arthaḥ | pūrvapratipāditakriyā tu ‘samyagdagdhe madhusarpirbhyām abhyaṅga’ ityādikā | cakārād vakṣyamāṇāparāgnipluṣṭapratapanādikarmaprasādhakam iti jñeyam ||16||
1938 ed. 1.12.17
bhavanti cātra - agninā kopitaṃ raktaṃ bhṛśaṃ jantoḥ prakupyati |
tatas tenaiva vegena pittamasyābhyudīryate ||17||
1938 ed. 1.12.18
tulyavīrye ubhe hyete rasato dravyatas tathā | tenāsya vedanāstīvrāḥ prakṛtyā ca vidahyate ||18||
1938 ed. 1.12.19
sphoṭāḥ śīghraṃ prajāyante jvaras tṛṣṇā ca bādhate ||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.17
idānīṃ sarvāgnidagdheṣu cikitsārthaṃ viśiṣṭadūṣyadoṣayor duṣṭiṃ darśayann āha, — bhavanti cātretyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.17
tatas tadanantaram | tenaivāgninā raktena cyety arthaḥ ||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.18
kutaḥ punaḥ prādhānyenāgnidagdhe pittam evodīryata ity āha — tulyavīrye ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.17ab-19ab
hi yasmāt kāraṇāt, ete dve apy agnipitte, tulyavīrye uṣṇavīrye, rasato rasāt dve api kaṭuke, dravyato dravyād api tulye; tathā hi, — sadṛśa evādhāro vahneḥ pittasyāpi, dravyaṃ cātra rasādyādhāra ucyate; tataḥ kāraṇāt tenāgninā 'sya pittasya kopitasya vedanā dāhādikā ‘bhavanti’ iti vākyaśeṣaḥ | prakṛtyā ca vidahyata iti | prakṛtyā svabhāvena, vidahyate vidāham upayāti | tābhyām eva raktapittābhyāṃ sphoṭā jvarādayaś ca śīghraṃ prajāyanta iti | anye tu ‘ubhe’ ity atra ‘raktapitte’ iti vyākhyānayanti | uṣṇavīryatvaṃ ca | madhurarasasyāpi raktapittasya yāntrikekṣurasavad vidāhitvāt | dravyata iti ete dve api raktapitte dravyād api tulye, dravyaśabdenātra hetvādhārau kathyete; tad yathā — taktapittayor dvayor api tejo hetuḥ, ādhāraś ca dvayor api teja eveti ||17||18||—
1938 ed., 1.12.19cd
dagdhasyopaśamārthāya cikitsā sampravakṣyate ||19||
1938 ed. 1.12.20ab
pluṣṭasyāgnipratapanaṃ kāryamuṣṇaṃ tathauṣadham |
1938 ed. 1.12.20cd
śarīre svinnabhūyiṣṭhe svinnaṃ bhavati śoṇitam ||20||
1938 ed. 1.12.21
prakṛtyā hyudakaṃ śītaṃ skandayatyatiśoṇitam | tasmāt sukhayati hyuṣṇaṃ nanu śītaṃ kathañcana ||21||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.20ab
dagdhasyetyādi | agnipratapanaṃ svedanaṃ | uṣṇam tathauṣadham iti ālepanānnapānādikam |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.20cd
kutaḥ kāraṇād atra śarīram upacaryate nāgnikopitaṃ raktapittam ity āha, — śarīre ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.20cd
svinnabhūyiṣṭhe atyarthaṃ svinne | svalpam api raktaṃ yady asvinnaṃ bhavati tadā raktapittopaśamanena śītopacāreṇa duḥkham utpādayatīti darśayann āha, — prakṛtyetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.21
skandayaty atiśoṇitam iti raktam atyarthaṃ styānatāṃ nayatīty arthaḥ | styānena raktena ca ruddhamārgo vāyur ūṣmāpy anirgacchan pluṣṭe śūlaśopharāgādikāṃ vedanāṃ karoti, ataḥ śīta kriyā na sukhaṃ karoti; uṣṇakriyā punā raktavilayanakarī bhavati, ata ūṣma niḥsaraṇavātānulomahetuḥ sā 'tisukhayati ||19–21||
1938 ed. 1.12.22
śītāmuṣṇāṃ ca durdagdhe kriyāṃ kuryād bhiṣak punaḥ |
ghṛtālepanasekāṃs tu śītānevāsya kārayet ||22||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.21
durddagdhakriyāṃ nirddiśann āha, — śītām ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.22
durddagdhe 'vagāḍhamūladagdhabhāgasya svinnaraktasya nirvāpaṇārthaṃ śītāṃ kriyāṃ kuryāt, anavagāḍhamūladagdhabhāgasyāsvinnaraktasya vilayanārtham uṣṇāṃ kriyāṃ kuryāt; anye tu śītāṃ dāhātiśaye, nātidāhe ūṣṇām iti | punaḥ kiṃ kuryād ity āha, ghṛtālepanādīn api śītān eva kārayed iti | evaṃ sukhībhavati vraṇarohaṇaṃ ca ||22||
1938 ed. 1.12.23
samyagdagdhe tugākṣīrīplakṣacandanagairikaiḥ | sāmṛtaiḥ sarpiṣā snigdhairālepaṃ kārayed bhiṣak ||23||
1938 ed. 1.12.24
grāmyānūpaudakaiścainaṃ piṣṭairmāṃsaiḥ pralepayet |
pittavidradhivaccainaṃ santatoṣmāṇamācaret ||24||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.23
samyagdagdhe cikitsām āha — samyagdagdha ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.23-24
tugākṣīrī vaṃśarocanā, anye tu vaṃśarocanānukāri pārthivaṃ dravyaṃ, plakṣaḥ parkaṭī, candanaṃ raktacandanaṃ, sāmṛtair iti guḍūcīsahitaiḥ; etais tugākṣīryādidravyair ghṛtasnigdhīkṛtaiḥ pittapratyanīkam aviśoṣiṇaṃ lepaṃ samyagdagdhe kārayed ity arthaḥ | vātaśāntyarthaṃ pralepam āha, — grāmyetyādi | grāmyā aśvādayaḥ, ānūpā varāhamahiṣādayaḥ, audakāḥ kūrmādayaḥ | pittavidradhivad ityādi | enaṃ samyagdagdhaṃ saṃtatoṣmāṇaṃ balavattaroṣmāṇam ||23||24||
1938 ed. 1.12.25
atidagdhe viśīrṇāni māṃsānyuddhṛtya śītalām |
kriyāṃ kuryād bhiṣak paścāc chālitaṇḍulakaṇḍanaiḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.12.26
tindukītvakkapālair vā ghṛtamiśraiḥ pralepayet |
vraṇaṃ guḍūcīpatrair vā chādayed athavaudakaiḥ ||26||
1938 ed. 1.12.27ab
kriyāṃ ca nikhilāṃ kuryād bhiṣak pittavisarpavat ||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.25
atidagdhe cikitsām āha, — atidagdhe ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.25-27ab
viśīrṇāni avalambitāni | śālitaṇḍulakaṇḍanair iti śālitaṇḍulakaṇḍanodbhavair guṇḍanaiḥ karṇair ity arthaḥ; karṇaiś ca cūrṇaprayogakāle ‘avacūrṇayet’ ity adhyāhāraḥ | tindukītvakkapālair veti tindukīvalkalakarparaiḥ; ‘tindukītvacā tindukīvalkalena, kapālair mṛtkharparaiḥ’ ity anye | ‘tindukītvakkaṣāyair vā’ iti kecit paṭhanti; tindukyā yā tvak tayā pralepayet, kaṣāyāḥ kaṣāyavṛkṣāś ca ye tair apīty arthaḥ | anye tu kaṣāyaśabdena cūṇam āhuḥ, tatra tindukīvalkalacūṇair ity arthaḥ | audakaiḥ padmotpalādipatraiḥ, pittaraktopadruto vraṇo guḍūcyādipatracchādanenoṣmāṇaṃ tyaktvā sukhaṃ saṃrohati ||25||26||—
1938 ed. 1.12.27cd
madhūcchiṣṭaṃ samadhukaṃ rodhraṃ sarjarasaṃ tathā ||27||
1938 ed. 1.12.28
mañjiṣṭhāṃ candanaṃ mūrvāṃ piṣṭvā sarpir vipācayet |
sarveṣāmagnidagdhānāmetadropaṇam uttamam ||28||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.25-27ab
sarveṣv agnidagdheṣu ropaṇārthaṃ cikitsāṃ darśaryann āha, — madhūcchiṣṭam ityādi | ||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.27cd-28ab
idaṃ ca samānyaṃ ropaṇaṃ ghṛtaṃ kecit paṭhanti, na tu nibandhakārā iti; sūpayogitvān mayā 'pi likhitam ||27||28||
1938 ed. 1.12.29ab
snehadagdhe kriyāṃ rūkṣāṃ viśeṣeṇāvacārayet ||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.29ab
snehadagdhe cikitsām āha, — snehadagdhe ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.29ab
rūkṣadagdhe punar anuktām api snigdhāṃ kriyām avacārayet | —
1938 ed. 1.12.29cd
ata ūrdhvaṃ pravakṣyāmi dhūmopahatalakṣaṇam ||29||
1938 ed. 1.12.30
śvasiti kṣauti cātyartham apy ādhamati kāsate |
cakṣuṣoḥ paridāhaś ca rāgaś caivopajāyate ||30||
1938 ed. 1.12.31
sadhūmakaṃ niśvasiti ghreyamanyanna vetti ca |
tathaiva ca rasān sarvān śrutiś cāsyopahanyate ||31||
1938 ed. 1.12.32abc
tṛṣṇādāhajvarayutaḥ sīdaty atha ca mūrcchati |
dhūmopahata ity eṣaḥ
1938 ed. 1.12.32d
śṛṇu tasya cikitsitam ||32||
1938 ed. 1.12.33
sarpirikṣurasaṃ drākṣāṃ payo vā śarkarāmbu vā |
madhurāmlau rasau vā'pi vamanāya pradāpayet ||33||
1938 ed. 1.12.34
vamataḥ koṣṭhaśuddhiḥ syāddhūmagandhaśca naśyati |
vidhinā'nena śāmyanti sadanakṣavathujvarāḥ ||34||
1938 ed. 1.12.35
dāha mūrcchā tṛḍādhmāna śvāsakāsāś ca dāruṇāḥ |
madhurairlavaṇāmlaiś ca kaṭukaiḥ kavalagrahaiḥ ||35||
1938 ed. 1.12.36ab
samyaggṛhṇātīndriyārthān manaś cāsya prasīdati |
1938 ed. 1.12.36cd
śirovirecanaṃ cāsmai dadyād yogena śāstravit ||36||
1938 ed. 1.12.37
dṛṣṭir viśudhyate cāsya śirogrīvaṃ ca dehinaḥ |
avidāhi laghu snigdhamāhāraṃ cāsya kalpayet ||37||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.29cd
idānīṃ kaṇṭhanāsādiṣu karmaṇi kṛte dhumopaghātalakṣaṇaṃ cikitsāṃ ca darśayann āha, — ata ūrdhvam ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.29cd-32c
śvasiti śvāsaṃ karoti | kṣauti cātyartham iti atiśayena chikkati | ādhamati ādhmānayukto bhavati | rāgaḥ pītalohitatā akṣṇoḥ | ghreyam anyan na vetti ceti nāsāgatadoṣeṇa dhūmād anyad ghreyaṃ na vetti, ‘ghreyaṃ tāvan na vetti anyat spṛśyaṃ dṛśyaṃ ca na vetti’ ity anye | rasān sarvān ity atra ‘na vetti’ iti saṃbadhyate | śrutiś cāsyopahanyata iti na śṛṇotīty arthaḥ, śrotragatadoṣeṇa | tṛṣṇādāhajvarayuta iti sparśadoṣeṇa | sīdati kriyāsvasamartho bhavatīty arthaḥ ||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.33-37
śṛṇu tasyetyādi | sarpir ikṣurasam ity eko yogaḥ, drākṣāṃ payo veti dvitīyaḥ, śarkarāmbu veti tṛtīyaḥ, madhurāmlau rasau vā'pīti caturthaḥ | sadanam aṅgaglāniḥ | yogena mātrayā ||29–37||
1938 ed. 1.12.38ab
uṣṇavātātapairdagdhe śītaḥ kāryo vidhiḥ sadā |
1938 ed. 1.12.38cd
śītavarṣānilairdagdhe snigdhamuṣṇaṃ ca śasyate ||38||
1938 ed. 1.12.39
tathā'titejasā dagdhe siddharnāsti kathañcana |
1938 ed. 1.12.39edef
indravajrāgnidagdhe 'pi jīvati pratikārayet |
snehābhyaṅgaparīṣekaiḥ pradehaiś ca tathā bhiṣak ||39||
1938 ed. 1.12.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne 'gnikarmavidhirnāma dvādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||12||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.33-37
idānīṃ dagdhacikitsāprasaṅgena dagdhasadṛśasya cikitsāṃ darśayann āha, — uṣṇetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.38ab
uṣṇavāto graiṣmikaḥ śārado vā, uṣṇavātenātapena ca dagdha iva dagdhaḥ; uṣṇavātātapābhyām iti dvivacane prāpte bahuvacanam anuktoṣṇaprāpaṇārthaṃ | sadāsthāne kecid ‘vraṇe’ iti paṭhanti vyākhyānayanti ca — vraṇe iti tvagādivraṇavastuni |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.38cd
śītavarṣānilair dagdhe iti śītaṃ himaṃ, himadagdhas tuṣāradagdha iti lokoktyā himadagdhe 'pi dāhasādṛśyam asti; varṣānila iti vṛṣṭisaṃyukto vātaḥ, atrāpi bahuvacanam anuktaśītaprāpaṇārtham | ‘dagdhe’ ity asya sthāne kecit ‘hate’ iti paṭhanti |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.39ab
tathā'titejasā dagdhe iti atitejasā vajrāgninā | ‘tathā'titejasā dagdhe na sidhyati kathaṃcana’ iti yat kṛtaṃ tat kiṃcid dagdhe siddhir api bhavatīti jñāpanārtham | tatra ca pūrvoktena vidhinā śītoṣṇādinā pratikartavyam iti | asyāgre kecit “indravajrāgnidagdhe 'pi jivati pratikārayet | snehābhyaṅgaparīṣekaiḥ pradehaiś ca tathā bhiṣak” — iti paṭhanti | taṃ ca nibandhakārā na paṭhanti ||38||39||
iti śrīḍalha(hla)ṇaviracitāyāṃ suśrutavyākhyāyāṃ nibandhasaṃgrahākhyāyāṃ sūtrasthāne dvādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

trayodaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1938 ed. 1.13.1 athāto jalaukāvacāraṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.3 nṛpāḍhya bāla sthavira bhīru durbala nārī sukumārāṇām anugrahārthaṃ paramasukumāro 'yaṃ śoṇitāvasecanopāyo 'bhihito jalaukasaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.4 tatra vātapittakaphaduṣṭaśoṇitaṃ yathāsaṃkhyaṃ śṛṅgajalaukālābubhir avasecayet sarvāṇi sarvair vā (viśeṣas tu visrāvyaṃ śṛṅgajalaukālābubhir gṛhṇīyāt) ||
1938 ed. 1.13.5ab bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ |
uṣṇaṃ samadhuraṃ snigdhaṃ gavāṃ śṛṅgaṃ prakīrtitam |
tasmād vātopasṛṣṭe tu hitaṃ tad avasecane ||
1938 ed. 1.13.6 śītādhivāsā madhurā jalaukā vārisaṃbhavā |
tasmāt pittopasṛṣṭe tu hitā sā tv avasecane ||
1938 ed. 1.13.7 alābu kaṭukaṃ rūkṣaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ ca parikīrtitam |
tasmāc chleṣmopasṛṣṭe tu hitaṃ tad avasecane ||
1938 ed. 1.13.8 tatra pracchite tanu basti paṭalāvanaddhena śṛṅgeṇa śoṇitam avasecayed ācūṣaṇāt sāntardīpayā 'lābvā | (jalāyukā vakṣyante) ||
1938 ed. 1.13.9 jalam āsām āyur iti jalāyukāḥ jalam āsām oka iti jalaukasaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.10 tā dvādaśa tāsāṃ saviṣāḥ ṣaṭ tāvatya eva nirviṣāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.11 tatra saviṣāḥ kṛṣṇā karburā alagardā indrāyudhā sāmudrikā gocandanā ceti | tāsu añjanacūrṇavarṇā pṛthuśirāḥ kṛṣṇā varmimatsyavad āyatā chinnonnatakukṣiḥ karburā romaśā mahāpārśvā kṛṣṇamukhī alagardā indrāyudhavad ūrdhvarājibhiś citritā indrāyudhā īṣadasitapītikā vicitrapuṣpākṛticitrā sāmudrikāḥ govṛṣaṇavad adhobhāge dvidhābhūtākṛtir aṇumukhī gocandaneti | tābhir daṣṭe puruṣe daṃśe śvayathur atimātraṃ kaṇḍūrmūrcchā jvaro dāhaś chardir madaḥ sadanam iti liṅgāni bhavanti | tatra mahāgadaḥ pānālepananasya karmādiṣūpayojyaḥ | indrāyudhādaṣṭam asādhyam | ity etāḥ saviṣāḥ sacikitsitā vyākhyātāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.12 atha nirviṣāḥ kapilā piṅgalā śaṅkumukhī mūṣikā puṇḍarīkamukhī sāvarikā ceti | tatra manaḥśilārañjitābhyām iva pārśvābhyāṃ pṛṣṭhe snigdhā mudgavarṇā kapilā kiṃcidraktā vṛttakāyā piṅgalā ''śugā ca piṅgalā yakṛdvarṇā śīghrapāyinī dīrghatīkṣṇamukhī śaṅkumukhīḥ mūṣikākṛtivarṇā 'niṣṭagandhā ca mūṣikā mudgavarṇā puṇḍarīkatulyavaktrā puṇḍarīkamukhī snigdhā padmapatravarṇā 'ṣṭādaśāṅgulapramāṇā sāvarikā sā ca paśvarthe ity etā aviṣā vyākhyātāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.13 tāsāṃ yavanapāṇḍyasahya pautanādīni kṣetrāṇi teṣu mahāśarīrā balavatyaḥ śīghrapāyinyo mahāśanā nirviṣāś ca viśeṣeṇa bhavanti |
1938 ed. 1.13.14 tatra saviṣa matsya kīṭa dardura mūtra purīṣa kothajātāḥ kaluṣeṣv ambhaḥsu ca saviṣāḥ padmotpala nalina kumuda saugandhika kuvalaya puṇḍarīka śaivala kotha jātā vimaleṣv ambhaḥsu ca nirviṣāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.15 bhavati cātra |
kṣetreṣu vicaranty etāḥ salilāḍhyasugandhiṣu |
na ca saṃkīrṇacāriṇyo na ca paṅkeśayāḥ sukhāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.16 tāsāṃ grahaṇam ārdracarmaṇā, anyair vā prayogair gṛhṇīyāt ||
1938 ed. 1.13.17 athaināṃ nave mahati ghaṭe sarastaḍāgodakapaṅkam āvāpya nidadhyāt bhakṣyārthe cāsām upaharec chaivalaṃ vallūram audakāṃś ca kandāṃś cūrṇīkṛtya śayyārthaṃ tṛṇam audakāni ca patrāṇi tryahāt tryahāc cābhyo 'nyaj jalaṃ bhakṣyaṃ ca dadyāt saptarātrāt saptarātrāc ca ghaṭam anyaṃ saṃkrāmayet ||
1938 ed. 1.13.18 bhavati cātra |
sthūlamadhyāḥ parikliṣṭāḥ pṛthvyo mandaviceṣṭitāḥ |
agrāhiṇyo 'lpapāyinyaḥ saviṣāś ca na pūjitāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.19 atha jalauko 'vasekasādhyavyādhitam upaveśya saṃveśya vā virūkṣya cāsya tam avakāśaṃ mṛdgomayacūrṇair yady arujaḥ syāt | gṛhītāś ca tāḥ sarṣaparajanī kalkodaka pradigdha gātrīḥ salilasarakamadhye muhūrtasthitā vigataklamā jñātvā tābhī rogaṃ grāhayet | ślakṣṇaśuklārdrapicuprotāvacchannāṃ kṛtvā mukham apāvṛṇuyāt agṛhṇantyai kṣīrabinduṃ śoṇitabinduṃ vā dadyāt, śastrapadāni vā kurvīta yady evam api na gṛhṇīyāt tadā'nyāṃ grāhayet ||
1938 ed. 1.13.20 yadā ca niviśate 'śvakhuravad ānanaṃ kṛtvonnamya ca skandhaṃ tadā jānīyād gṛhṇātīti gṛhṇantīṃ cārdravastrāvacchannāṃ kṛtvā dhārayet ||
1938 ed. 1.13.21 daṃśe toda kaṇḍu prādur bhāvair jānīyāc chuddham iyam ādatta iti śuddham ādadānām apanayet atha śoṇitagandhena na muñcen mukham asyāḥ saindhavacūrṇenāvakiret ||
1938 ed. 1.13.22 atha patitāṃ taṇḍula kaṇḍana pradigdhagātrīṃ tailalavaṇābhyaktamukhīṃ vāmahastāṅguṣṭhāṅgulībhyāṃ gṛhītapucchāṃ dakṣiṇahastāṅguṣṭhāṅgulibhyāṃ śanaiḥ śanair anulomam anumārjayed ā mukhāt vāmayet tāvad yāvat samyagvāntaliṅgānīti | samyagvāntā salilasarake nyastā bhoktukāmā satī caret | yā sīdatī na ceṣṭate sā durvāntā tāṃ punaḥ samyag vāmayet | durvāntāyā vyādhir asādhya indramado nāma bhavati | atha suvāntāṃ pūrvavat sannidadhyāt ||
1938 ed. 1.13.23 śoṇitasya yogāyogān avekṣya śatadhautaghṛtābhyaṅgas tat picudhāraṇaṃ vāi jalaukovraṇān madhunā'vaghaṭṭayet śitābhir adbhiś pariṣecayed badhnīta vā kaṣāyamadhurasnigdhaśītaiś ca pradehaiḥ pradihyād iti ||
1938 ed. 1.13.24 bhavati cātra |
kṣetrāṇi grahaṇaṃ jātīḥ poṣaṇaṃ sāvacāraṇam |
jalaukasāṃ ca yo vetti tat sādhyān sa jayed gadān ||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne jalaukāvacāraṇīyo nāma trayodaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.14.1
athātaḥ śoṇitavarṇanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.14.3
tatra pāñcabhautikasya caturvidhasya ṣaḍrasasya dvividhavīryasyāṣṭavidhavīryasya vā'nekaguṇasyopayuktasyāhārasya samyakpariṇatasya yas tejobhūtaḥ sāraḥ paramasūkṣmaḥ sa `rasaḥ’ ity ucyate, tasya hṛdayaṃ sthānaṃ sa hṛdayāc caturviṃśati dhamanīr anupraviśyor dhvag ādaśa daśādhogāminyaś catasraś ca tiryaggāḥ kṛtsnaṃ śarīram aharahas tarpayati vardhayati dhārayati yāpayati cādṛṣṭahetukena karmaṇā | tasya śarīram anusarato 'numānād gatir upalakṣayitavyā kṣayavṛddhivaikṛtaiḥ | tasmin sarvaśarīrāvayavadoṣadhātumalāśayānusāriṇi rase jijñāsā kim ayaṃ saumyas taijasa? iti | atrocyate sa khalu dravānusārī snehanajīvanatarpaṇadhāraṇādibhir viśeṣaiḥ saumya ity avagamyate ||3||
1938 ed. 1.14.4
sa khalv āpyo raso yakṛtplīhānau prāpya rāgam upaiti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.14.5
ślokau cātra bhavataḥ
rañjitās tejasā tv āpaḥ śarīrasthena dehinām |
avyāpannāḥ prasannena raktam ity abhidhīyate ||5||
1938 ed. 1.14.6
rasād eva striyā raktaṃ rajaḥsañjñaṃ pravartate |
tad varṣād dvādaśād ūrdhvaṃ yāti pañcāśataḥ kṣayam ||6||
1938 ed. 1.14.7
ārtavaṃ śoṇitaṃ tv āgneyam agnīṣomīyatvād garbhasya ||7||
1938 ed. 1.14.8
pāñcabhautikaṃ tv apare jīvaraktam āhur ācāryāḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.14.9
visratā dravatā rāgaḥ spandanaṃ laghutā tathā |
bhūmyādīnāṃ guṇā hyete dṛśyante cātra śoṇite ||9||
1938 ed. 1.14.10
rasād raktaṃ tato māṃsaṃ māṃsān medaḥ prajāyate |
medaso 'sthi tato majjā majjñaḥ śukraṃ tu jāyate ||10||
1938 ed. 1.14.11
tatraiteṣāṃ dhātūnām annapānarasaḥ prīṇayitā ||11||
1938 ed. 1.14.12
rasajaṃ puruṣaṃ vidyād rasaṃ rakṣet prayatnataḥ |
annātpānāñ ca matimān ācārāñ cāpy atandritaḥ ||12||
1938 ed. 1.14.13
tatra rasa gatau dhātuḥ aharahar gacchatīty ato rasaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.14.14
sa khalu trīṇi trīṇi kalāsahasrāṇi pañcadaśa ca kalā ekaikasmin dhātāv avatiṣṭhate evaṃ māsena rasaḥ śukraṃ strīṇāṃ cārtavaṃ bhavati ||14||
1938 ed. 1.14.15
bhavati cātra
aṣṭādaśasahasrāṇi saṅkhyā hy asmin samuccaye |
kalānāṃ navatiḥ proktā svatantraparatantrayoḥ ||15||
1938 ed. 1.14.16
sa śabdārcir jalasantānavad aṇunā viśeṣeṇānudhāvaty evaṃ śarīraṃ kevalam ||16||
1938 ed. 1.14.17
vājīkaraṇyas tv oṣadhayaḥ svabalaguṇotkarṣād virecanavad upayuktāḥ śukraṃ śīghraṃ virecayanti ||17||
1938 ed. 1.14.18
yathā hi puṣpamukulastho gandho na śakyam ihāstīti vaktuṃ, naiva nāstīti; atha cāsti, satāṃ bhāvānām abhivyaktir iti jñātvā kevalaṃ saukṣmyān nābhivyajyate; sa eva vivṛtapatrakeśare puṣpe kālāntareṇābhivyaktiṃ gacchati evaṃ bālānām api vayaḥpariṇāmāc chukraprādurbhāvo bhavati, romarājyādayaś ca viśeṣā nārīṇām ||18||
1938 ed. 1.14.19
sa evānnaraso vṛddhānāṃ (jarā) paripakvaśarīratvād aprīṇano bhavati ||19||
1938 ed. 1.14.20
ta ete śarīradhāraṇād dhātava ity ucyante ||20||
1938 ed. 1.14.21
teṣāṃ kṣayavṛddhī śoṇitanimitte, tasmāt tad adhikṛtya vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra, phenilamaruṇaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ paruṣaṃ tanu śīghragamaskandi ca vātena duṣṭaṃ; nīlaṃ pītaṃ haritaṃ śyāvaṃ visramaniṣṭaṃ pipīlikāmakṣikāṇāmaskandi ca pittena duṣṭaṃ; gairikodakapratīkāśaṃ snigdhaṃ śītalaṃ bahalaṃ picchilaṃ cirasrāvi māṃsapeśīprabhaṃ ca śleṣmaduṣṭaṃ; sarvalakṣaṇasaṃyuktaṃ kāñjikābhaṃ viśeṣato durgandhi ca sannipātaduṣṭaṃ; dvidoṣaliṅgaṃ saṃsṛṣṭam ||21||
1938 ed. 1.14.22
indragopakapratīkāśamasaṃhatamavivarṇaṃ ca prakṛtisthaṃ jānīyāt ||22||
1938 ed. 1.14.23
visrāvyāṇyanyatra vakṣyāmaḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.14.24
athāvisrāvyāḥ sarvāṅgaśophaḥ, kṣīṇasya cāmlabhojananimittaḥ, pāṇḍurogyarśasodariśoṣigarbhiṇīnāṃ ca śvayathavaḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.14.25
śastravisrāvaṇaṃ dvividhaṃ pracchānaṃ sirāvyadhanaṃ ca ||25||
1938 ed. 1.14.26
tatra ṛjvasaṅkīrṇaṃ sūkṣmaṃ samam anavagāḍham anuttānam āśu ca śastraṃ pātayen marmasirāsnāyusandhīnāṃ cānupaghāti ||26||
1938 ed. 1.14.27
tatra durdine durviddhe śītavātayor asvinne bhuktamātre skandatvāc choṇitaṃ na sravaty alpaṃ vā sravati ||27||
1938 ed. 1.14.28
madamūrcchāśramārtānāṃ vātaviṇmūtrasaṅginām |
nidrābhibhūtabhītānāṃ nṛṇāṃ nāsṛk pravartate ||28||
1938 ed. 1.14.29
tad duṣṭaṃ śoṇitamanirhriyamāṇaṃ śophadāharāgapākavedanā janayet ||29||
1938 ed. 1.14.30
atyuṣṇe 'tisvinne 'tividdhe 'jñair visrāvitamatipravartate ; tad atipravṛttaṃ śiro 'bhitāpamāndhyamadhimanthatimiraprādurbhāvaṃ dhātukṣayamākṣepakaṃ dāhaṃ pakṣāghātamekāṅgavikāraṃ hikkāṃ śvāsakāsau pāṇḍurogaṃ maraṇaṃ cāpādayati ||30||
1938 ed. 1.14.31
tasmānna śīte nātyuṣṇe nāsvinne nātitāpite |
yavāgūṃ pratipītasya śoṇitaṃ mokṣayed bhiṣak ||31||
1938 ed. 1.14.32
samyag gatvā yadā raktaṃ svayam evāvatiṣṭhate |
śuddhaṃ tadā vijānīyāt samyagvisrāvitaṃ ca tat ||32||
1938 ed. 1.14.33
lāghavaṃ vedanāśāntir vyādher vegaparikṣayaḥ |
samyagvisrāvite liṅgaṃ prasādo manasas tathā ||33||
1938 ed. 1.14.34
tvagdoṣā granthayaḥ śophā rogāḥ śoṇitajāś ca ye |
raktamokṣaṇaśīlānāṃ na bhavanti kadācana ||34||
1938 ed. 1.14.35
atha khalv apravartamāne rakte elāśītaśivakuṣṭhatagarapāṭhābhadradāruviḍaṅgacitrakatrikaṭukāgāradhūmaharidrārkāṅkuranaktamālaphalair yathālābhaṃ tribhiś caturbhiḥ samastair vā cūrṇīkṛtair lavaṇatailapragāḍhair vraṇamukham avagharṣayet, evaṃ samyak pravartate ||35||
1938 ed. 1.14.36
athātipravṛtte rodhramadhukapriyaṅgupattaṅgupattaṅgagairikasarjarasarasāñjanaśālmalīpuṣpaśaṅkhaśuktimāṣayavagodhūmacūrṇaiḥ śanaiḥ śanair vraṇamukham avacūrṇyāṅgulyagreṇāvapīḍayet sālasarjārjunārimedameṣaśṛṅgadhavadhanvanatvagbhir vā cūrṇitābhiḥ kṣaumeṇa vā dhmāpitena samudraphenalākṣācūrṇair vā yathoktarvraṇabandhanadravyair gāḍhaṃ badhnīyāt śītācchādanabhojanāgāraiḥ śītaiḥ pradehapariṣekaiś copacaret, kṣāreṇāgninā vā dahedyathoktaṃ, vyadhādanantaraṃ tāmevātipravṛttāṃ sirāṃ vidhyet kākolyādikvāthaṃ vā śarkarāmadhumadhuraṃ pāyayet eṇahariṇorabhraśaśamahiṣavarāhāṇāṃ vā rudhiraṃ kṣīrayūṣarasaiḥ susnigdhaiś cāśnīyāt upadravāṃś ca yathāsvam upacaret ||36||
1938 ed. 1.14.37
bhavanti cātra
dhātukṣayāt srute rakte mandaḥ sañjāyate 'nalaḥ | pavanaś ca paraṃ kopaṃ yāti tasmāt prayatnataḥ ||37||
1938 ed. 1.14.38
taṃ nātiśītair laghubhiḥ snigdhaiḥ śoṇitavardhanaiḥ |
īṣadamlair anamlair vā bhojanaiḥ samupācaret ||38||
1938 ed. 1.14.39
caturvidhaṃ yad etad dhi rudhirasya nivāraṇam |
sandhānaṃ skandanaṃ caiva pācanaṃ dahanaṃ tathā ||39||
1938 ed. 1.14.40
vraṇaṃ kaṣāyaḥ sandhatte raktaṃ skandayate himam |
tathā sampācayed bhasma dāhaḥ saṅkocayet sirāḥ ||40||
1938 ed. 1.14.41
askandamāne rudhire sandhānāni prayojayet |
sandhāne bhraśyamāne tu pācanaiḥ samupācaret ||41||
1938 ed. 1.14.42
kalpair etais tribhir vaidyaḥ prayateta yathāvidhi |
asiddhimatsu caiteṣu dāhaḥ parama iṣyate ||42||
1938 ed. 1.14.43
śeṣadoṣe yato rakte na vyādhirativartate |
sāvaśeṣe tataḥ stheyaṃ na tu kuryād atikramam ||43||
1938 ed. 1.14.44
dehasya rudhiraṃ mūlaṃ rudhireṇaiva dhāryate |
tasmād yatnena saṃrakṣyaṃ raktaṃ jīva iti sthitiḥ ||44||
1938 ed. 1.14.45
srutaraktasya sekādyaiḥ śītaiḥ prakupite 'nile |
śophaṃ satodaṃ koṣṇena sarpiṣā pariṣecat ||45||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śoṇitavarṇanīyo nāma caturdaśo 'dhyāya ||14||
1938 ed. 1.15.1
athāto doṣadhātumalakṣayavṛddhivijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.15.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.15.3
doṣadhātumalamūlaṃ hi śarīraṃ, tasmād eteṣāṃ lakṣaṇamucyamānam upadhāraya ||3||
1938 ed. 1.15.4.1
tatra praspandanodvahanapūraṇavivekadhāraṇalakṣaṇo vāyuḥ pañcadhā pravibhaktaḥ śarīraṃ dhārayati (1) |4|
1938 ed. 1.15.4.2
rāgapaktyojastejomedhoṣmakṛt pittaṃ pañcadhā pravibhaktam agnikarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti; (2) |4|
1938 ed. 1.15.4.3
sandhisaṃśleṣaṇasnehanaropaṇapūraṇabalasthairyakṛcchleṣmā pañcadhā pravibhakta udakakarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.15.5.1
rasas tuṣṭiṃ prīṇanaṃ raktapuṣṭiṃ ca karoti, raktaṃ varṇaprasādaṃ māṃsapuṣṭiṃ jīvayati ca, māṃsaṃ śarīrapuṣṭiṃ medasaś ca, medaḥ snehasvedau dṛḍhatvaṃ puṣṭimasthnāṃ ca, asthīni dehadhāraṇaṃ majjñaḥ puṣṭiṃ ca, majjā snehaṃ balaṃ śukrapuṣṭiṃ pūraṇamasthnāṃ ca karoti, śukraṃ dhairyaṃ cyavanaṃ prītiṃ dehabalaṃ harṣaṃ bījārthaṃ ca; (1)
1938 ed. 1.15.5.2
purīṣam upastambhaṃ vāyvagnidhāraṇaṃ ca, bastipūraṇavikledakṛn mūtraṃ, svedaḥ kledatvaksaukumāryakṛt; (2)
1938 ed. 1.15.5.3
raktalakṣaṇam ārtavaṃ garbhakṛc ca, garbho garbhalakṣaṇaṃ, stanyaṃ stanayor āpīnatvajananaṃ jīvanaṃ ceti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.15.6
tatra vidhivat parirakṣaṇaṃ kurvīta ||6||
1938 ed. 1.15.7
ata ūrdhvam eṣāṃ kṣīṇalakṣaṇaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra, vātakṣaye mandaceṣṭatā'lpavāktvamapraharṣo mūḍhasañjñatā ca, pittakṣaye mandoṣmāgnitā niṣprabhatā ca, śleṣmakṣaye rūkṣatā'ntardāha āmāśayetaraśleṣmāśayaśūnyatā sandhiśaithilyaṃ (tṛṣṇā daurbalyaṃ prajāgaraṇaṃ) ca ||7||
1938 ed. 1.15.8
tatra svayonivardhanānyeva pratīkāraḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.15.9
rasakṣaye hṛtpīḍākampaśūnyatāstṛṣṇā ca, śoṇitakṣaye tvakpāruṣyamamlaśītaprārthanā sirāśaithilyaṃ ca, māṃsakṣaye sphiggaṇḍauṣṭhopasthoruvakṣaḥkakṣāpiṇḍikodaragrīvāśuṣkatā raukṣyatodau gātrāṇāṃ sadanaṃ dhamanīśaithilyaṃ ca, medaḥkṣaye plīhābhivṛddhiḥ sandhiśūnyatā raukṣyaṃ meduramāṃsaprārthanā ca, asthikṣaye 'sthiśūlaṃ dantanakhabhaṅgo raukṣyaṃ ca, majjakṣaye 'lpaśukratā parvabhedo 'sthinistodo 'sthiśūnyatā ca, śukrakṣaye meḍhravṛṣaṇavedanā'śaktirmaithune cirād vā prasekaḥ praseke cālparaktaśukradarśanam ||9||
1938 ed. 1.15.10
tatrāpi svayonivardhanadravyopayogaḥ (pratīkāraḥ ) ||10||
1938 ed. 1.15.11
purīṣakṣaye hṛdayapārśvapīḍā saśabdasya ca vāyor ūrdhvagamanaṃ kukṣau sañcaraṇaṃ ca, mūtrakṣaye bastitodo 'lpamūtratā ca; atrāpi svayonivardhanadravyopayogaḥ | svedakṣaye stabdharomakūpatā tvakśoṣaḥ sparśavaiguṇyaṃ svedanāśaśca; tatrābhyaṅgaḥ svedopayogaś ca ||11||
1938 ed. 1.15.12
ārtavakṣaye yathocitakālādarśanamalpatā vā yonivedanā ca; tatra saṃśodhanamāgneyānāṃ ca dravyāṇāṃ vidhivadupayogaḥ | stanakṣaye stanayor mlānatā stanyāsambhavo 'lpatā vā; tatra śleṣmavardhanadravyopayogaḥ | garbhakṣaye garbhāspandanamanunnatakukṣitā ca; tatra prāptabastikālāyāḥ kṣīrabastiprayogo medyānnopayogaś ceti ||12||
1938 ed. 1.15.13
ata ūrdhvam ativṛddhānāṃ doṣadhātumalānāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | vṛddhiḥ punareṣāṃ svayonivardhanātyupasevanādbhavati | tatra, vātavṛddhau vākpāruṣyaṃ kārśyaṃ kārṣṇyaṃ gātrasphuraṇamuṣṇakāmi(ma)tā nidrānāśo 'lpabalatvaṃ gāḍhavarcastvaṃ ca; pittavṛddhau pītāvabhāsatā santāpaḥ śītakāmitvamalpanidratā mūrcchā balahānirindriyadaurbalyaṃ pītaviṇmūtranetratvaṃ ca; śleṣmavṛddhau śauklyaṃ śaity aṃ sthairyaṃ gauravamavasādastandrā nidrā sandhiviśleṣaś ca ||13||
1938 ed. 1.15.14
raso 'tivṛddho hṛdayotkledaṃ prasekaṃ cāpādayati; raktaṃ raktāṅgākṣitāṃ sirāpūrṇatvaṃ ca; māṃsaṃ sphiggaṇḍauṣṭhopasthorubāhujaṅghāsu vṛddhiṃ gurugātratāṃ ca; medaḥsnigdhāṅgatāmudarapārśvavṛddhiṃ kāsaśvāsādīn daurgandhyaṃ ca; asthyadhyasthīnyadhidantāṃśca; majjā sarvāṅganetragauravaṃ ca; śukraṃ śukrāśmarīm atiprādurbhāvaṃ ca ||14||
1938 ed. 1.15.15
purīṣam āṭopaṃ kukṣau śūlaṃ ca; mūtraṃ mūtravṛddhiṃ muhurmuhuḥ pravṛttiṃ bastitodamādhmānaṃ ca; svedastvaco daurgandhyaṃ kaṇḍūṃ ca ||15||
1938 ed. 1.15.16
ārtavam aṅgamardam atipravṛttiṃ daurgandhyaṃ ca; stanyaṃ stanayor āpīnatvaṃ muhurmuhuḥ pravṛttiṃ todaṃ ca; garbho jaṭharābhivṛddhiṃ svedaṃ ca ||16||
1938 ed. 1.15.17
teṣāṃ yathāsvaṃ saṃśodhanaṃ kṣapaṇaṃ ca kṣayādaviruddhaiḥ kriyāviśeṣaiḥ prakurvīta ||17||
1938 ed. 1.15.18
pūrvaḥ pūrvo 'tivṛddhatvād vardhayed dhi paraṃ param |
tasmād atipravṛddhānāṃ dhātūnāṃ hrāsanaṃ hitam ||18||
1938 ed. 1.15.19
balalakṣaṇaṃ balakṣayalakṣaṇaṃ cāta ūrdhvam upadekṣyāmaḥ | tatra rasādīnāṃ śukrāntānāṃ dhātūnāṃ yat paraṃ tejastat khalv ojas tad eva balam ity ucyate, svaśāstrasiddhāntāt ||19||
1938 ed. 1.15.20
tatra balena sthiropacitamāṃsatā sarvaceṣṭāsvapratighātaḥ svaravarṇaprasādo bāhyānāmābhyantarāṇāṃ ca karaṇānāmātmakāryapratipattir bhavati ||20||
1938 ed. 1.15.21
bhavanti cātra
ojaḥ somātmakaṃ snigdhaṃ śuklaṃ śītaṃ sthiraṃ saram |
viviktaṃ mṛdu mṛtsnaṃ ca prāṇāyatanam uttamam ||21||
dehaḥ sāvayavas tena vyāpto bhavati dehinaḥ |
tad abhāvāc ca śīryante śarīrāṇi śarīriṇām ||22||
1938 ed. 1.15.23
abhighātātkṣayātkopācchokāddhyānācchramātkṣudhaḥ |
ojaḥ saṅkṣīyate hyebhyo dhātugrahaṇaniḥsṛtam |
tejaḥ samīritaṃ tasmād visraṃsayati dehinaḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.15.24
tasya visraṃso vyāpat kṣaya iti (trayo doṣāḥ;) liṅgāni bhavanti sandhiviśleṣo gātrāṇāṃ sadanaṃ doṣacyavanaṃ kriyāsannirodhaś ca visraṃse, stabdhagurugātratā vātaśopho varṇabhedo glānistandrā nidrā ca vyāpanne, mūrcchā māṃsakṣayo mohaḥ pralāpo maraṇam iti ca kṣaye ||24||
1938 ed. 1.15.25
bhavanti cātra
trayo doṣā balasyoktā vyāpadvisraṃsanakṣayāḥ |
viśleṣasādau gātrāṇāṃ doṣavisraṃsanaṃ śramaḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.15.26
aprācuryaṃ kriyāṇāṃ ca balavisraṃsalakṣaṇam |
gurutvaṃ stabdhatā'ṅgeṣu glānirvarṇasya bhedanam ||26||
1938 ed. 1.15.27
tandrā nidrā vātaśopho balavyāpadi lakṣaṇam | mūrcchā māṃsakṣayo mohaḥ pralāpo 'jñānam eva ca ||27||
1938 ed. 1.15.28ab
pūrvoktāni ca liṅgāni maraṇaṃ ca balakṣaye |
tatra visraṃse vyāpanne ca kriyāviśeṣair aviruddhair balam āpyāyayet ; itaraṃ tu mūḍhasañjñaṃ varjayet ||28||
1938 ed. 1.15.29
doṣadhātumalakṣīṇo balakṣīṇo 'pi vā naraḥ | svayonivardhanaṃ yattadannapānaṃ prakāṅkṣati ||29||
1938 ed. 1.15.30
yadyadāhārajātaṃ tu kṣīṇaḥ prārthayate naraḥ | tasya tasya sa lābhe tu taṃ taṃ kṣayamapohati ||30||
1938 ed. 1.15.31
yasya dhātukṣayād vāyuḥ sañjñāṃ karma ca nāśayet |
prakṣīṇaṃ ca balaṃ yasya nāsau śakyaś cikitsitum ||31||
1938 ed. 1.15.32
rasanimittam eva sthaulyaṃ kārśyaṃ ca | tatra śleṣmalāhārasevino 'dhyaśanaśīlasyāvyāyāmino divāsvapnaratasya cāma evānnaraso madhurataraś ca śarīramanukrāmannatisnehānmedo janayati, tadatisthaulyamāpādayati ; tamatisthūlaṃ kṣudraśvāsapipāsākṣutsvapnasvedagātradaurgandhyakrathanagātrasādagadgadatvāni kṣipramevāviśanti, saukumāryānmedasaḥ sarvakriyāsvasamarthaḥ, kaphamedoniruddhamārgatvāccālpavyavāyo bhavati, āvṛtamārgatvād eva śeṣā dhātavo nāpyāyante 'tyarthamato 'lpaprāṇo bhavati, pramehapiḍakājvarabhagandaravidradhivātavikārāṇāmanyatamaṃ prāpya pañcatvam upayāti, sarva eva cāsya rogā balavanto bhavantyāvṛtamārgatvāt srotasām; atas tasyotpattihetuṃ pariharet | utpanne tu śilājatuguggulugomūtratriphalāloharajorasāñjanamadhuyavamudgakoradūṣakaśyāmākoddālakādīnāṃ virūkṣaṇacchedanīyānāṃ ca dravyāṇāṃ vidhivadupayogo vyāyāmo lekhanabastyupayogaś ceti ||32||
1938 ed. 1.15.33
tatra punar vātalāhārasevino 'tivyāyāmavyavāyādhyayanabhayaśokadhyānarātrijāgaraṇapipāsākṣu tkaṣāyālpāśanaprabhṛtibhir upaśoṣito rasadhātuḥ śarīramananukrāmannalpatvānna prīṇāti, tasmād atikārśyaṃ bhavati; so 'tikṛśaḥ kṣutpipāsāśītoṣṇavātavarṣabhārādāneṣv asahiṣṇurvātarogaprāyo 'lpaprāṇaśca kriyāsu bhavati, śvāsakāsaśoṣaplīhodarāgnisādagulmaraktapittānām anyatamamāsādya maraṇam upayāti, sarva eva cāsya rogā balavanto bhavantyalpaprāṇatvāt ; atas tasyotpattihetuṃ pariharet | utpanne tu payasyāśvagandhāvidārigandhāśatāvarībalātibalānāgabalānāṃ madhurāṇāmanyāsāṃ cauṣadhīnām upayogaḥ, kṣīradadhighṛtamāṃsaśāliṣaṣṭikayavagodhūmānāṃ ca, divāsvapnabrahmacaryāvyāyāmabṛṃhaṇabastyupayogaśceti ||33||
1938 ed. 1.15.34
yaḥ punar ubhayasādhāraṇānyāseveta tasyānnarasaḥ śarīramanukrāman samān dhātūnupacinoti, samadhātutvānmadhyaśarīro bhavati sarvakriyāsu samarthaḥ kṣutpipāsāśītoṣṇavātavarṣātapasaho balavāṃśca, sa satatamanupālayitavya iti ||34||
1938 ed. 1.15.35
bhavanti cātra
aty antagarhitāv etau sadā sthūlakṛśau narau |
śreṣṭho madhyaśarīras tu kṛśaḥ sthūlāt tu pūjitaḥ ||35||
1938 ed. 1.15.36
doṣaḥ prakupito dhātūn kṣapayatyātmatejasā |
iddhaḥ svatejasā vahnirukhāgatamivodakam ||36||
1938 ed. 1.15.37
vailakṣaṇyāccharīrāṇāmasthāyitvāt tathaiva ca |
doṣadhātumalānāṃ tu parimāṇaṃ na vidyate ||37||
1938 ed. 1.15.38
eṣāṃ samatvaṃ yac cāpi bhiṣagbhir avadhāryate |
na tat svāsthyādṛte śakyaṃ vaktumanyena hetunā ||38||
1938 ed. 1.15.39
doṣādīnāṃ tv asamatām anumānena lakṣayet |
aprasannendriyaṃ vīkṣya puruṣaṃ kuśalo bhiṣak ||39||
1938 ed. 1.15.40ab
(svasthasya rakṣaṇaṃ kuryād asvasthasya tu buddhimān) |
1938 ed. 1.15.40cdef
kṣapayed bṛṃhayec cāpi doṣadhātumalān bhiṣak |
tāvad yāvad arogaḥ syādetatsāmyasya lakṣaṇam ||40||
1938 ed. 1.15.41
samadoṣaḥ samāgniś ca samadhātumalakriyaḥ |
prasannātmendriyamanāḥ svastha ity abhidhīyate ||41||
1938 ed. 1.15.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne doṣadhātumalakṣayavṛddhivijñānīyo nāma pañcadaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||15||

ṣoḍaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1938 ed. 1.16.1
athātaḥ karṇavyadha bandha vidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanavatariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.3
rakṣābhūṣaṇanimittaṃ bālasya karṇau vidhyete | tau ṣaṣṭhe māsi saptame vā śuklapakṣe praśasteṣu tithikaraṇamuhūrtanakṣatreṣu kṛtamaṅgalasvastivācanaṃ dhātryaṅke kumāradharāṅke vā kumāram upaveśya bālakrīḍanakaiḥ pralobhyābhisāntvayan bhiṣag vāmahastenākṛṣya karṇaṃ daivakṛte chidra ādityakarāvabhāsite śanaiḥ śanair dakṣiṇahastena rju vidhyet pratanukaṃ sūcyā bahalam ārayā pūrvaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ kumārasya vāmaṃ kumāryāḥ tataḥ picuvartiṃ praveśayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.4
śoṇita bahutvena vedanayā cānyadeśaviddham iti jānīyāt nirupadravatayā taddeśaviddham iti ||
1938 ed. 1.16.5
tatrājñena yadṛcchayā viddhāsu sirāsu kālikāmarmarikālohitikāsūpadravā bhavanti | tatra kālikāyāṃ jvaro dāhaḥ śvayathur vedanā ca bhavati marmarikāyāṃ vedanā jvaro granthayaś ca lohitikāyāṃ manyāstambhāpatānakaśirograhakarṇaśūlāni bhavanti | teṣu yathāsvaṃ pratikurvīta ||
1938 ed. 1.16.6
kliṣṭajihmāpraśastasūcīvyadhād gāḍhataravartitvād doṣasamudāyād apraśastavyadhād vā yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra vartim upahṛtyāśu madhukairaṇḍa mūla mañjiṣṭhā yava tila kalkair madhughṛtapragāḍhair ālepayet tāvad yāvat surūḍha iti surūḍhaṃ cainaṃ punar vidhyet vidhānaṃ tu pūrvoktam eva ||
1938 ed. 1.16.7
tatra samyagviddham āmatailena pariṣecayet tryahāt tryahāc ca vartiṃ sthūlatarāṃ dadyāt pariṣekaṃ ca tam eva ||
1938 ed. 1.16.8
atha vyapagatadoṣopadrave karṇe vardhanārthaṃ laghuvardhanakaṃ kuryāt ||
1938 ed. 1.16.9
evaṃ vivardhitaḥ karṇaś chidyate tu dvidhā nṛṇām |
doṣato vā'bhighātād vā sandhānaṃ tasya me śṛṇu ||
1938 ed. 1.16.10
tatra samāsena pañcadaśakarṇabandhākṛtayaḥ | tad yathā nemisandhānaka utpalabhedyako vallūraka āsaṅgimo gaṇḍakarṇa āhāryo nirvedhimo vyāyojimaḥ kapāṭasandhiko 'rdhakapāṭasandhikaḥ saṃkṣipto hīnakarṇo vallīkarṇo yaṣṭikarṇaḥ kākauṣṭhaka iti | teṣu pṛthulāyatasamobhayapālir nemisandhānakaḥ vṛttāyatasamobhayapālir utpalabhedyakaḥ hrasvavṛttasamobhayapālir vallūrakaḥ abhyantaradīrghaikapālir āsaṅgimaḥ bāhya dīrghaikapālir gaṇḍakarṇaḥ | apālir ubhayato 'py āhāryaḥ pīṭhopamapālir ubhayataḥ kṣīṇaputrikāśrito nirvedhimaḥ | sthūlāṇusamaviṣamapālir vyāyojimaḥ | abhyantaradīrghaikapālir itarālpapāliḥ | kapāṭasandhikaḥ bāhyadīrghaikapālir itarālpapālir ardhakapāṭasandhikaḥ | tatra daśaite karṇabandhavikalpāḥ sādhyāḥ teṣāṃ svanāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ | saṃkṣiptādayaḥ pañcāsādhyāḥ | tatra śuṣkaśaṣkulir utsannapālir itarālpapāliḥ saṃkṣiptaḥ anadhiṣṭhānapāliḥ paryantayoḥ kṣīṇamāṃso hīnakarṇaḥ tanuviṣamālpapālir vallīkarṇaḥ grathitamāṃsastabdhasirāsaṃtatasūkṣmapālir yaṣṭikarṇaḥ nirmāṃsasaṃkṣiptāgrālpaśoṇitapāliḥ kākauṣṭhaka iti | baddheṣv api tu śopha dāha rāga pāka piḍakā srāva yuktā na siddhim upayānti ||
1938 ed. 1.16.11
bhavanti cātra |
yasya pālidvayam api karṇasya na bhaved iha |
karṇapīṭhaṃ same madhye tasya viddhvā vivardhayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.12
bāhyāyām iha dīrghāyāṃ sandhir ābhyantaro bhavet |
ābhyantarāyāṃ dīrghāyāṃ bāhyasandhir udāhṛtaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.13
ekaiva tu bhavet pāliḥ sthūlā pṛthvī sthirā ca yā |
tāṃ dvidhā pāṭayitvā tu chittvā copari sandhayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.14
gaṇḍād utpāṭya māṃsena sānubandhena jīvatā |
karṇapālīm āpāles tu kuryān nirlikhya śāstravit ||
1938 ed. 1.16.15
ato nyatamaṃ bandhaṃ cikīrṣur agropaharaṇīyoktopasaṃbhṛtasaṃbhāraṃ viśeṣataś cātropaharet surāmaṇḍaṃ kṣīram udakaṃ dhānyāmlaṃ kapālacūrṇaṃ ceti | tato 'ṅganāṃ puruṣaṃ vā grathitakeśāntaṃ laghubhuktavantam āptaiḥ suparigṛhītaṃ ca kṛtvā bandham upadhārya chedyabhedyalekhyavyadhanair upapannair upapādya karṇaśoṇitam avekṣya duṣṭam aduṣṭaṃ veti tatra vātaduṣṭe dhānyāmloṣṇodakābhyāṃ pittaduṣṭe śītodakapayobhyāṃ śleṣmaduṣṭe surāmaṇḍoṣṇodakābhyāṃ prakṣālya karṇau punar avalikhyānunnatam ahīnam aviṣamaṃ ca karṇasandhiṃ sanniveśya sthitaraktaṃ sandadhyāt | tato madhughṛtenābhyajya picuprotayor anyatareṇāvaguṇṭhya sūtreṇānavagāḍhaman atiśithilaṃ ca baddhvā kapālacūrṇenāvakīryācārikam upadiśed dvivraṇīyoktena ca vidhānenopacaret ||
1938 ed. 1.16.16
bhavati cātra |
vighaṭṭanaṃ divāsvapnaṃ vyāyāmam atibhojanam |
vyavāyam agnisaṃtāpaṃ vākśramaṃ ca vivarjayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.16.1
(?āmatailaparīṣekaṃ trirātramavacārayet |
tatas tailena saṃsṛṣṭaṃ tryahādapanayet picum ||)
1938 ed. 1.16.17
na cāśuddharaktam atipravṛttaraktaṃ kṣīṇaraktaṃ vā saṃdadhyāt | sa hi vātaduṣṭe rakte rūḍho 'pi paripuṭanavān pittaduṣṭe dāhapākarāgavedanāvān śleṣmaduṣṭe stabdhaḥ kaṇḍūmān atipravṛttarakte śyāvaśophavān kṣīṇo 'lpamāṃso na vṛddhim upaiti ||
1938 ed. 1.16.18ab
āmatailena trirātraṃ pariṣecayet trirātrāc ca picuṃ parivartayet |
sa yadā surūḍho nirupadravaḥ savarṇo bhavati tadainaṃ śanaiś śanair abhivardhayet | ato 'nyathā saṃrambhadāhapākarāgavedanāvān punaś chidyate vā ||
1938 ed. 1.16.19
athāsyāpraduṣṭasyābhivardhanārtham abhyaṅgaḥ | tad yathā godhāpratudaviṣkirānūpaudakavasāmajjānau payaḥ sarpis tailaṃ gaurasarṣapajaṃ ca yathālābhaṃ saṃbhṛtyārkālarkabalātibalānantāpāmārgāśvagandhāvidārigandhākṣīraśuklājalaśūkamadhuravargapayasyāprativāpaṃ tailaṃ vā pācayitvā svanuguptaṃ nidadhyāt ||
1938 ed. 1.16.20
sveditonmarditaṃ karṇaṃ snehenaitena yojayet |
ato 'nupadravaḥ samyag balavāṃś ca vivardhate ||
1938 ed. 1.16.21
yavāśvagandhāyaṣṭyāhvais tilaiś codvartanaṃ hitam |
śatāvaryaśvagandhābhyāṃ payasyair aṇḍajīvanaiḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.22ab
tailaṃ vipakvaṃ sakṣīram abhyaṅgāt pālivardhanam |
ye tu karṇā na vardhante svedasnehopapāditāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.23ab
teṣām apāṅgadeśe tu kuryāt pracchānam eva tu |
1938 ed. 1.16.23cd
bāhyacchedaṃ na kurvīta vyāpadaḥ syus tato dhruvāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.24
baddhamātraṃ tu yaḥ karṇaṃ sahasaivābhivardhayet |
āmakośī samādhmātaḥ kṣipram eva vimucyate ||
1938 ed. 1.16.25
jātaromā suvartmā ca śliṣṭasandhiḥ samaḥ sthiraḥ |
surūḍho 'vedano yaś ca taṃ karṇaṃ vardhayec chanaiḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.0
amitāḥ karṇabandhās tu vijñeyāḥ kuśalair iha |
yo yathā suviśiṣṭaḥ syāt taṃ tathā viniyojayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.1
(karṇapālyāmayān nṝṇāṃ punar vakṣyāmi suśruta |
karṇapalyāṃ prakupaitā vātapittakaphās trayaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.2
dvidhā vāpy atha saṃsṛṣṭāḥ kurvanti vividhā rujaḥ |
visphoṭaḥ stabdhatā śophaḥ pālyāṃ doṣe tu vātike ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.3
dāhavisphoṭajananaṃ śophaḥ pākaś ca paittike |
kaṇḍūḥ saśvayathuḥ stambho gurutvaṃ ca kaphātmake ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.4
yathādoṣaṃ ca saṃśodhya kuryāt teṣāṃ cikitsitam |
svedābhyaṅgaparīṣekaiḥ pralepāsṛgvimokṣaṇaiḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.5
mṛdvīṃ kriyāṃ bṛṃhaṇīyair yathāsvaṃ bhojanais tathā |
ya evaṃ vetti doṣāṇāṃ cikitsāṃ kartum arhati ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.6
ata ūrdhvaṃ nāmaliṅgair vakṣye pālyām upadravān |
atpāṭakaś cotpuṭakaḥ śyāvaḥ kaṇḍūyuto bhṛśam ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.7
avamanthaḥ sakaṇḍūko granthiko jambulas tathā |
srāvī ca dāhavāṃś caiva śṛṇveṣāṃ kramaśaḥ kriyām ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.8
apāmārgaḥ sarjarasaḥ pāṭalālakucatvacau |
utpāṭake pralepaḥ syāt tailam ebhiś ca pācayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.9
śampākaśigrupūtīkān godhāmedo 'tha tadvasām |
vārāhaṃ gavyam aiṇeyaṃ pittaṃ sarpiś ca saṃsṛjet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.10
lepam utpuṭake dadyāt tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam |
gaurīṃ sugandhāṃ saśyāmām anantāṃ taṇḍulīyakam |
1938 ed. 1.16.26.11
śyāve pralepanaṃ dadyāt tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam |
pāṭhāṃ rasāñjanaṃ kṣaudraṃ tathā syād uṣṇakāñjikam ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.12
dadyāl lepaṃ sakaṇḍūke tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam |
vraṇībhūtasya deyaṃ syād idaṃ tailaṃ vijānatā ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.13
madhukakṣīrakākolījīvakādyair vipācitam |
godhāvarāhasarpāṇāṃ vasāḥ syuḥ kṛtabṛṃhaṇe ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.14
pralepanam idaṃ dadyād avasicyāvamanthake |
prapauṇḍarīkaṃ madhukaṃ samaṅgāṃ dhavam eva ca ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.15
tailam ebhiś ca saṃpakvaṃ śṛṇu kaṇḍūmataḥ kriyām |
sahadevā viśvadevā ajākṣīraṃ sasaindhavam |
etair ālepanaṃ dadyāt tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.16
granthike guṭikāṃ pūrvaṃ srāvayed avapāṭya tu |
tataḥ saindhavacūrṇaṃ tu ghṛṣṭvā lepaṃ pradāpayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.17
likhitvā tatsrutaṃ ghṛṣṭvā cūrṇair lodhrasya jambule |
kṣīreṇa pratisāryainaṃ śuddhaṃ saṃropayet tataḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.18
madhuparṇī madhūkaṃ ca ma madhukaṃ madhunā saha |
lepaḥ srāviṇi dātavyas tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.19
pañcavalkaiḥ samadhukaiḥ piṣṭais taiś ca ghṛtānvitaiḥ |
jīvakādyaiḥ sasarpiṣkair dahyamānaṃ pralepayet ||)
1938 ed. 1.16.27
viśleṣitāyās tv atha nāsikāyā
vakṣyāmi sandhānavidhiṃ yathāvat |
nāsāpramāṇaṃ pṛthivīruhāṇāṃ
patraṃ gṛhītvā tv avalambi tasya ||
1938 ed. 1.16.28
tena pramāṇena hi gaṇḍapārśvād
utkṛtya baddhaṃ tv atha nāsikāgram |
vilikhya cāśu pratisaṃdadhīta
tat sādhubandhair bhiṣag apramattaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.29
susaṃhitaṃ samyag ato yathāvan
nāḍīdvayenābhisamīkṣya baddhvā |
pronnamya cainām avacūrṇayet tu
pataṅgayaṣṭīmadhukāñjanaiś ca ||
1938 ed. 1.16.30
saṃchādya samyak picunā sitena
tailena siñced asakṛt tilānām |
ghṛtaṃ ca pāyyaḥ sa naraḥ sujīrṇe
snigdho virecyaḥ sa yathopadeśam ||
1938 ed. 1.16.31
rūḍhaṃ ca sandhānam upāgataṃ syāt
tad ardhaśeṣaṃ tu punar nikṛntet |
hīnāṃ punar vardhayituṃ yateta
samāṃ ca kuryād ativṛddhamāṃsām ||
1938 ed. 1.16.32
nāḍīyogaṃ vinauṣṭhasya nāsāsandhānavad vidhim |
ya evam eva jānīyāt sa rājñaḥ kartum arhati ||
iti śrīsuśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne karṇavyadhabandhavidhirnāma ṣoḍaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.17.1
athāta āmapakvaiṣaṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.17.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.17.3
śophasamutthānā granthividradhyalajīprabhṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyādhayo 'bhihitā anekākṛtayaḥ tair vilakṣaṇaḥ pṛthurgrathitaḥ samo viṣamo vā tvaṅmāṃsasthāyī doṣasaṅghātaḥ śarīraikadeśotthitaḥ śopha ity ucyate ||3||
1938 ed. 1.17.4
sa ṣaḍvidho vātapittakaphaśoṇitasannipātāgantunimittaḥ | tasya doṣarūpavyañjanair lakṣaṇāni vyākhyāsyāmaḥ | tatra vātaśophaḥ kṛṣṇo 'ruṇo vā paruṣo mṛduranavasthitāstodādayaś cātra vedanāviśeṣā bhavanti pittaśophaḥ pīto mṛduḥ sarakto vā śīghrānusāryoṣādayaś cātra vedanāviśeṣā bhavanti; śleṣmaśvayathuḥ pāṇḍuḥ kaṭhinaḥ snigdhaḥ śīto snigdho mandānusārī kaṇḍvādayaś cātra vedanāviśeṣā bhavanti sarvavarṇavedanaḥ sannipātaśvayathuḥ pittavacchoṇitajo 'tikṛṣṇaśca pittaraktalakṣaṇa āganturlohitāvabhāsaś ca ||4||
1938 ed. 1.17.5
sa yadā bāhyābhyantaraiḥ kriyāviśeṣair na sambhāvitaḥ praśamayituṃ kriyāviparyayādbahutvād vā doṣāṇāṃ tadā pākābhimukho bhavati | tasyāmasya pacyamānasya pakvasya ca lakṣaṇamucyamānam upadhāraya- | tatra, mandoṣmatā tvaksavarṇatā śītaśophatā sthairyaṃ mandavedanatā'lpaśophatā cāmalakṣaṇamuddiṣṭaṃ; sūcibhir iva nistudyate, daśyata iva pipīlikābhiḥ, tābhiś ca saṃsarpyata iva, chidyata iva śastreṇa, bhidyata iva śaktibhiḥ, tāḍyata iva daṇḍena, pīḍyata iva pāṇinā, ghaṭyata iva cāṅgulyā, dahyate pacyata iva cāgnikṣārābhyām, oṣacoṣaparīdāhāś ca bhavanti, vṛścikaviddha iva ca sthānāsanaśayaneṣu na śāntim upaiti, ādhmātabastirivātataś ca śopho bhavati , tvagvaivarṇyaṃ śophābhivṛddhirjvaradāhapipāsā bhaktāruciś ca pacyamānaliṅgaṃ; vedanopaśāntiḥ pāṇḍutā'lpaśophatā valīprādurbhāvas tvakparipuṭanaṃ nimnadarśanamaṅgulyā'vapīḍite pratyunnamanaṃ, bastāvivodakasañcaraṇaṃ pūyasya prapīḍayaty ekam antam ante cāvapīḍite, muhurmuhus todaḥ kaṇḍūrunnatatā vyādher upadravaśāntir bhaktābhikāṅkṣā ca pakvaliṅgam | kaphajeṣu tu rogeṣu gambhīragatitvād abhighātajeṣu vā keṣucid asamastaṃ pakvalakṣaṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā pakvamapakvam iti manyamāno bhiṣaṅmoham upaiti tatra hi tvaksavarṇatā śītaśophatā sthairyam alparujatā'śmavac ca ghanatā na moham upeyād iti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.17.7
bhavanti cātra
āmaṃ vipacyamānaṃ ca samyak pakvaṃ ca yo bhiṣak|
jānīyāt sa bhaved vaidyaḥ śeṣās taskaravṛttayaḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.17.8
vātād ṛte nāsti rujā na pākaḥ pittādṛte nāsti kaphāc ca pūyaḥ |
tasmāt samastān paripākakāle pacanti śophāṃs traya eva doṣāḥ ||7||
1938 ed. 1.17.8
kālāntareṇābhyuditaṃ tu pittaṃ kṛtvā vaśe vātakaphau prasahya |
pacaty ataḥ śoṇitam eva pāko mato 'pareṣāṃ viduṣāṃ dvitīyaḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.17.9
tatra, āmacchede māṃsasirāsnāyusandhyasthivyāpādanam atimātraṃ śoṇitātipravṛttir vedanāprādurbhāvo 'vadaraṇam anekopadravadarśanaṃ kṣatavidradhirvā bhavati | sa yadā bhayamohābhyāṃ pakvam apy apakvam iti manyamānaś ciram upekṣate vyādhiṃ vaidyas tadā gambhīrānugato dvāram alabhamānaḥ pūyaḥ svam āśrayam avadāryotsaṅgaṃ mahāntam avakāśaṃ kṛtvā nāḍīṃ janayitvā kṛcchrasādhyo bhavaty asādhyo veti ||9||
1938 ed. 1.17.10
bhavati cātra
yaś chinatty āmam ajñānād yaś ca pakvam upekṣate |
śvapacāv iva mantavyau tāv aniścitakāriṇau ||10||
1938 ed. 1.17.11
prāk śastrakarmaṇaś ceṣṭaṃ bhojayed āturaṃ bhiṣak |
madyapaṃ pāyayen madyaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ yo vedanā'sahaḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.17.12
na mūrcchaty annasaṃyogān mattaḥ śastraṃ na budhyate |
tasmād avaśyaṃ bhoktavyaṃ rogeṣūkteṣu karmaṇi ||12||
1938 ed. 1.17.13
prāṇo hy ābhyantaro nṝṇāṃ bāhyaprāṇaguṇānvitaḥ |
dhārayaty avirodhena śarīraṃ pāñcabhautikam ||13||
1938 ed. 1.17.14
alpo mahān vā kriyayā vinā yaḥ
samucchritaḥ pākam upaiti śophaḥ |
viśālamūlo viṣamaṃ vidagdhaḥ
sa kṛcchratāṃ yāty avagāḍhadoṣaḥ ||14||
1938 ed. 1.17.15
ālepavisrāvaṇāśodhanais tu
samyak prayuktair yadi nopaśāmyet |
pacyeta śīghraṃ samam alpamūlaḥ
sa piṇḍitaś copari connataḥ syāt ||15||
1938 ed. 1.17.16
kakṣaṃ samāsādya yathaiva vahnirvāyvīritaḥ sandahati prasahya |
tathaiva pūyo 'py aviniḥsṛto hi māṃsaṃ sirāḥ snāyu ca khādatīha ||16||
1938 ed. 1.17.17
ādau vimlāpanaṃ kuryād dvitīyam avasecanam |
tṛtīyam upanāhaṃ tu caturthīṃ pāṭanakriyām ||17||
1938 ed. 1.17.18
pañcamaṃ śodhanaṃ kuryāt ṣaṣṭhaṃ ropaṇam iṣyate |
ete kramā vraṇasyoktāḥ saptamaṃ vaikṛtāpaham ||18||
1938 ed. 1.17.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne āmapakvaiṣaṇīyo nāma saptadaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.18.1
athāto vraṇālepanabandhavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.18.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.18.3
ālepa ādya upakramaḥ eṣa sarvaśophānāṃ sāmānyaḥ pradhānatamaś ca taṃ ca pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ tato bandhaḥ pradhānaṃ tena śuddhir vraṇaropaṇam asthisaṃdhisthairyaṃ ca ||
1938 ed. 1.18.4
tatra pratilomam ālimpet | pratilome hi samyagauṣadhamavatiṣṭhate 'nupraviśati romakūpān svedavāhibhiśca sirāmukhairvīryaṃ prāpnoti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.18.5
na ca śuṣyamāṇamupekṣeta, anyatra pīḍayitavyāt | śuṣko hy apārthako rukkaraś ca ||5||
1938 ed. 1.18.6
sa trividhaḥ pralepaḥ, pradeha, ālepaś ca | pralepapradehayor antaraṃ - tatra pralepaḥ śītastanur aviśoṣī viśoṣī vā; pradehastūṣṇaḥ śīto vā bahalo 'bahur aviśoṣī ca; madhyamo 'trālepaḥ | tatra, raktapittaprasādakṛdālepaḥ; pradeho vātaśleṣmapraśamanaḥ śodhano ropaṇaḥ śophavedanāpahaśca; tasyopayogaḥ kṣatākṣateṣu; yas tu kṣateṣūpayujyate sa bhūyaḥ ‘kalka’ iti sañjñāṃ labhate niruddhālepanasañjñaḥ; tenāsrāvasannirodho mṛdutā pūtimāṃsāpakarṣaṇaman antardoṣatā vraṇaśuddhiś ca bhavati ||6||
1938 ed. 1.18.7
avidagdheṣu śopheṣu hitamālepanaṃ bhavet |
yathāsvaṃ doṣaśamanaṃ dāhakaṇḍūrujāpaham ||7||
1938 ed. 1.18.8
tvakprasādanam evāgryaṃ māṃsaraktaprasādanam | dāhapraśamanaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ rujākaṇḍūvināśanam ||8||
1938 ed. 1.18.9 marmadeśeṣu ye rogā guhyeṣv api tathā nṛṇām |
saṃśodhanāya teṣāṃ hi kuryād ālepanaṃ bhiṣak ||9||
1938 ed. 1.18.10
(ṣaḍbhāgaṃ paittike snehaṃ caturbhāgaṃ tu vātike |
aṣṭabhāgaṃ tu kaphaje snehamātrāṃ pradāpayet) ||10||
1938 ed. 1.18.11
tasya pramāṇaṃ mahiṣārdracarmotsedham upadiśanti ||11||
1938 ed. 1.18.12
na cālepaṃ rātrau prayuñjīta, mā bhūc chaityavihatoṣmaṇas tad anirgamād vikārapravṛttir iti ||12||
1938 ed. 1.18.13
pradehasādhye vyādhau tu hitam ālepanaṃ divā |
pittaraktābhighātotthe saviṣe ca viśeṣataḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.18.14
na ca paryuṣitaṃ lepaṃ kadācid avacārayet |
upary upari lepaṃ ca na kadācit pradāpayet ||14||
1938 ed. 1.18.15 ūṣmāṇaṃ vedanāṃ dāhaṃ ghanatvājjanayet sa hi |
na ca tenaiva lepena pradehaṃ dāpayet punaḥ |
1938 ed. 1.18.15ef
śuṣkabhāvātsa nirvīryo yukto 'pi syād apārthakaḥ ||15||
1938 ed. 1.18.16
ata ūrdhvaṃ vraṇabandhanadravyāṇy upadekṣyāmaḥ; tad yathā- kṣaumakārpāsāvikadukūlakauśeyapatrorṇacīnapaṭṭacarmāntarvalkalālābūśakalalatāvidalarajjutūlaphalasantānikālauhānīti teṣāṃ vyādhiṃ kālaṃ cāvekṣyopayogaḥ; prakaraṇataś caiṣām ādeśaḥ ||16||
1938 ed. 1.18.17
tatra kośadāmasvastikānuvellitamu(pra)tolīmaṇḍalasthagikāyamakakhaṭvācīnavibandhavitānagophaṇāḥ pañcāṅgī ceti caturdaśa bandhaviśeṣāḥ | teṣāṃ nāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.18.18
tatra kośamaṅguṣṭhāṅguliparvasu vidadhyāt, dāma sambādhe 'ṅge, sandhikūrcakabhrūstanāntaratalakarṇeṣu svastikaṃ, anuvellitaṃ śākhāsu, grīvāmeḍhrayoḥ mu(pra)tolīṃ, vṛtte 'ṅge maṇḍalam, aṅguṣṭhāṅgulimeḍhrāgreṣu sthagikāṃ, yamalavraṇayor yamakaṃ, hanuśaṅkhagaṇḍeṣu khaṭvām, apāṅgayoś cīnaṃ, pṛṣṭhodaroraḥsu vibandhaṃ, mūrdhani vitānaṃ, cibukanāsauṣṭhāṃsabastiṣu gophaṇāṃ, jatruṇa ūrdhvaṃ pañcāṅgīm iti; yo vā yasmin śarīrapradeśe suniviṣṭo bhavati taṃ tasmin vidadhyāt ||18||
1938 ed. 1.18.19
yantraṇam ūrdhvam adhas tiryak ca ||19||
1938 ed. 1.18.20
tatra ghanāṃ kavalikāṃ dattvā vāmahastaparikṣepam ṛjum anāviddham asaṅkucitaṃ mṛdu paṭṭaṃ niveśya badhnīyāt | na ca vraṇasyopari kuryād granthim ābādhakaraṃ ca ||20||
1938 ed. 1.18.21
na ca vikeśikauṣadhe atisnigdhe atirūkṣe viṣame vā kurvīta; yasmādatisnehāt kledo, raukṣyācchedo, durnyāsādvraṇavartmāvagharṣaṇam iti ||21||
1938 ed. 1.18.22
tatra vraṇāyatanaviśeṣād bandhaviśeṣas trividho bhavati gāḍhaḥ, samaḥ, śithila iti ||22||
1938 ed. 1.18.23
pīḍayann arujo gāḍhaḥ socchvāsaḥ śithilaḥ smṛtaḥ |
naiva gāḍho na śithilaḥ samo bandhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.18.24
tatra sphikkukṣikakṣāvaṅkṣaṇoruśiraḥsu gāḍhaḥ, śākhāvadanakarṇakaṇṭhameḍhramuṣkapṛṣṭhapārśvodaroraḥsu samaḥ, akṣṇoḥ sandhiṣu ca śithila iti ||24||
1938 ed. 1.18.25
tatra paittikaṃ gāḍhasthāne samaṃ badhnīyāt, samasthāne śithilaṃ, śithilasthāne naiva; evaṃ śoṇitaduṣṭaṃ ca; ślaiṣmikaṃ śithilasthāne samaṃ, samasthāne gāḍhaṃ, gāḍhasthāne gāḍhataraṃ; evaṃ vātaduṣṭaṃ ca ||25||
1938 ed. 1.18.26
tatra paittikaṃ śaradi grīṣme dvirahno badhnīyāt, raktopadrutamapyevaṃ; ślaiṣmikaṃ hemantavasantayostryahāt , vātopadrutamapyevam | evamabhyūhya bandhaviparyayaṃ ca kuryāt ||26||
1938 ed. 1.18.27
tatra, samaśithilasthāneṣu gāḍhaṃ baddhe vikeśikauṣadhanair arthakyaṃ śophavedanāprādurbhāvaś ca, gāḍhasamasthāneṣu śithilaṃ baddhe vikeśikauṣadhapatanaṃ paṭṭasañcārādvraṇavartmāvagharṣaṇamiti; gāḍhaśithilasthāneṣu samaṃ baddhe ca guṇābhāva iti ||27||
1938 ed. 1.18.28
aviparītabandhe vedanopaśāntir asṛkprasādo mārdavaṃ ca ||28||
1938 ed. 1.18.29
abadhyamāno daṃśamaśakatṛṇakāṣṭhopalapāṃśuśītavātātapaprabhṛtibhir viśeṣair abhihanyate vraṇaḥ, vividhavedanopadrutaś ca duṣṭatām upaiti, ālepanādīni cāsya viśoṣam upayānti ||29||
1938 ed. 1.18.30
cūrṇitaṃ mathitaṃ bhagnaṃ viśliṣṭam atipātitam |
asthisnāyusirācchinnam āśu bandhena rohati ||30||
1938 ed. 1.18.31
sukhamevaṃ vraṇī śete sukhaṃ gacchati tiṣṭhati |
sukhaṃ śayyāsanasthasya kṣipraṃ saṃrohati vraṇaḥ ||31||
1938 ed. 1.18.32
abandhyāḥ pittaraktābhighātaviṣanimittā yadā śophadāhapākarāgatodavedanābhibhūtāḥ kṣārāgnidagdhāḥ pākāt prakuthitapraśīrṇamāṃsāś ca bhavanti ||32||
1938 ed. 1.18.33
kuṣṭhinām agnidagdhānāṃ piḍakā madhumehinām |
karṇikāś conduruviṣe viṣajuṣṭāś ca ye vraṇāḥ ||33||
1938 ed. 1.18.34
māṃsapāke na badhyante gudapāke ca dāruṇe |
svabuddhyā cāpi vibhajet kṛtyākṛtyāṃś ca buddhimān ||34||
1938 ed. 1.18.35
deśaṃ doṣaṃ ca vijñāya vraṇaṃ ca vraṇakovidaḥ |
ṛtūṃś ca parisaṅkhyāya tato bandhān niveśayet ||35||
1938 ed. 1.18.36
ūrdhvaṃ tiryag adhastāc ca yantraṇā trividhā smṛtā |
yathā ca badhyate bandhas tathā vakṣyāmy aśeṣataḥ ||36||
1938 ed. 1.18.37
ghanāṃ kavalikāṃ dattvā mṛdu caivāpi paṭṭakam |
vikeśikāmauṣadhaṃ ca nātisnigdhaṃ samācaret ||37||
1938 ed. 1.18.38
prakledayatyatisnigdhā tathā rūkṣā kṣiṇoti ca |
yuktasnehā ropayati durnyastā vartma gharṣati ||38||
1938 ed. 1.18.39
viṣamaṃ ca vraṇaṃ kuryāt stambhayet srāvayettathā |
yathāvraṇaṃ viditvā tu yogaṃ vaidyaḥ prayojayet ||39||
1938 ed. 1.18.40
pittaje raktaje vā'pi sakṛd eva parikṣipet |
asakṛt kaphaje vā'pi vātaje ca vicakṣaṇaḥ ||40||
1938 ed. 1.18.41
talena pratipīḍyātha srāvayed anulomataḥ |
sarvāṃś ca bandhān gūḍhāntān sandhīṃś ca viniveśayet ||41||
1938 ed. 1.18.42
oṣṭhasyāpyeṣa sandhāne yathoddiṣṭo vidhiḥ smṛtaḥ |
buddhyotprekṣyābhiyuktena tathā cāsthiṣu jānatā ||42||
1938 ed. 1.18.43
uttiṣṭhato niṣaṇṇasya śayanaṃ cādhigacchataḥ |
gacchato vividhair yānair nāsya duṣyati sa vraṇaḥ ||43||
1938 ed. 1.18.44
ye ca syur māṃsasaṃsthā vai tvaggatāś ca tathā vraṇāḥ |
sandhyasthikoṣṭhalaprāptāś ca sirāsnāyugatās tathā ||44||
1938 ed. 1.18.45
tathā'vagāḍhagambhīrāḥ sarvato viṣamasthitāḥ |
naite sādhayituṃ śakyā ṛte bandhād bhavanti hi ||45||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vraṇālepanabandhavidhirnāmāṣṭādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.19.1
athāto vraṇitopāsanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.19.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantriḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.19.3
vraṇitasya prathamamevāgāramanvicchet taccāgāraṃ praśastavāstvād ikaṃ kāryam ||3||
1938 ed. 1.19.4
praśastavāstuni gṛhe śucāvātapavarjite |
nivāte na ca rogāḥ syuḥ śārīrāgantumānasāḥ ||4||
1938 ed. 1.19.5
tasmiñ śayanamasambādhaṃ svāstīrṇaṃ manojñaṃ prākśiraskaṃ saśastraṃ kurvīta ||5||
1938 ed. 1.19.6
sukhaceṣṭāpracāraḥ syāt svāstīrṇe śayane vraṇī |
prācyāṃ diśi sthitā devāstatpūjārthaṃ ca tacchiraḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.19.7
tasmin suhṛdbhir anukūlaiḥ priyaṃvadair upāsyamāno yatheṣṭamāsīta ||7||
1938 ed. 1.19.8
suhṛdo vikṣipantyāśu kathābhir vraṇavedanāḥ |
āśvāsayanto bahuśaḥ svanukūlāḥ priyaṃvadāḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.19.9
na ca divānidrāvaśagaḥ syāt ||9||
1938 ed. 1.19.10
divāsvapnādvraṇe kaṇḍūrgātrāṇāṃ gauravaṃ tathā |
śvayathur vedanā rāgaḥ srāvaś caiva bhṛśaṃ bhavet ||10||
1938 ed. 1.19.11
utthānasaṃveśanaparivartanacaṅkramaṇoccair bhāṣaṇādyāsvātmaceṣṭāsvapramatto vraṇaṃ saṃrakṣet ||11||
1938 ed. 1.19.12
sthānāsanaṃ caṅkramaṇaṃ divāsvapnaṃ tathaiva ca |
vraṇito na niṣeveta śaktimānapi mānavaḥ ||12||
1938 ed. 1.19.13
utthānādyāsanaṃ sthānaṃ śayyā cātiniṣevitā |
prāpnuyānmārutād aṅgarujas tasmād vivarjayet ||13||
1938 ed. 1.19.14
gamyānāṃ ca strīṇāṃ sandarśanasambhāṣaṇasaṃsparśanāni dūrata eva pariharet ||14||
1938 ed. 1.19.15
strīdarśanādibhiḥ śukraṃ kadāciccalitaṃ sravet |
grāmyadharmakṛtāndoṣān so 'saṃsarge 'pyavāpnuyāt ||15||
1938 ed. 1.19.16
navadhānyamāṣatilakalāyakulatthaniṣpāvaharitakaśākāmlalavaṇakaṭukaguḍapiṣṭavikṛtivallūraśuṣkaśākājāvikānūpaudaka- māṃsavasāśītodakakṛśarāpāyasadadhidugdhatakraprabhṛtīni pariharet ||16||
1938 ed. 1.19.17
takrānto navadhānyādiryo 'yaṃ varga udāhṛtaḥ |
doṣasañjanano hy eṣa vijñeyaḥ pūyavardhanaḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.19.18
madyapaś ca maireyāriṣṭāsavasīdhusurāvikārān pariharet ||18||
1938 ed. 1.19.19
madyamamlaṃ tathā rūkṣaṃ tīkṣṇamuṣṇaṃ ca vīryataḥ |
āśukāri ca tat pītaṃ kṣipraṃ vyāpādayed vraṇam ||19||
1938 ed. 1.19.20
vātātaparajodhūmāvaśyāyātisevanātibhojanāniṣṭabhojanaśravaṇadarśanerṣyāmarṣabhayaśokadhyānarātrijāgaraṇaviṣamāśana- śayanopavāsavāgvyāyāmasthānacaṅkramaṇaśītavātaviruddhādhyaśanājīrṇamakṣikādyā bādhāḥ pariharet ||20||
1938 ed. 1.19.21
vraṇinaḥ samprataptasya kāraṇair eva mādibhiḥ |
kṣīṇaśoṇitamāṃsasya bhuktaṃ samyaṅna jīryati ||21||
1938 ed. 1.19.22
ajīrṇāt pavanādīnāṃ vibhramo balavān bhavet |
tataḥ śopharujāsrāvadāhapākānavāpnuyāt ||22||
1938 ed. 1.19.23
sadā nīcanakharomṇā śucinā śuklavāsasā śāntimaṅgaladevatābrāhmaṇagurupareṇa bhavitavyam iti | tat kasya hetoḥ? hiṃsāvihārāṇi hi mahāvīryāṇi rakṣāṃsi paśupatikuberakumārānucarāṇi māṃsaśoṇitapriyatvāt kṣatajanimittaṃ vraṇinam upasarpanti, satkārārthaṃ jighāṃsūni vā kadācit ||23||
1938 ed. 1.19.24
bhavati cātra | teṣāṃ satkārakāmānāṃ prayatetāntarātmanā | dhūpabalyupahārāṃś ca bhakṣyāṃścaivopahārayet ||24||
1938 ed. 1.19.25
te tu santarpitā ātmavantaṃ na hiṃsyuḥ | tasmāt satatamatandrito janaparivṛto nityaṃ dīpodakaśastrasragdāmapuṣpalājādyalaṅkṛte veśmani sampanmaṅgalamano 'nukūlāḥ kathāḥ śṛṇvannāsīta ||25||
1938 ed. 1.19.26
sampadādyanukūlābhiḥ kathābhiḥ prītamānasaḥ |
āśāvān vyādhimokṣāya kṣipraṃ sukham avāpnuyāt ||26||
1938 ed. 1.19.27
ṛgyajuḥsāmātharvavedābhihitair aparaiś cāśīrvidhānair upādhyāyā bhiṣajaś ca sandhyayo rakṣāṃ kuryuḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.19.28
sarṣapāriṣṭapatrābhyāṃ sarpiṣā lavaṇena ca |
dvirahnaḥ kārayed dhūpaṃ daśarātramatandritaḥ ||28||
1938 ed. 1.19.29
chatrāmaticchatrāṃ lāṅgū(ṅga)līṃ jaṭilāṃ brahmacāriṇīṃ lakṣmīṃ guhāmatiguhāṃ vacāmativiṣāṃ śatavīryāṃ sahasravīryāṃ siddhārthakāṃś ca śirasā dhārayet ||29||
1938 ed. 1.19.30
vyajyeta bālavyajanairvraṇaṃ na ca vighaṭṭayet |
na tudenna ca kaṇḍūyecchayānaḥ paripālayet ||30||
1938 ed. 1.19.31
anena vidhinā yuktam ādāv eva niśācarāḥ |
vanaṃ keśariṇa''krāntaṃ varjayanti mṛgā iva ||31||
1938 ed. 1.19.32
jīrṇaśālyodanaṃ snigdhamalpamuṣṇaṃ dravottaram |
bhuñjāno jāṅgalair māṃsaiḥ śīghraṃ vraṇam apohati ||32||
1938 ed. 1.19.33
taṇḍulīyakajīvantīsuniṣaṇṇakavāstukaiḥ |
bālamūlakavārtākapaṭolaiḥ kāravellakaiḥ ||33||
1938 ed. 1.19.34
sadāḍimaiḥ sāmalakairghṛtabhṛṣṭaiḥ sasaindhavaiḥ |
anyair eva ṅguṇair vā'pi mudgādīnāṃ rasena vā
śaktūn vilepīṃ kulmāṣāñjalaṃ cāpi śṛtaṃ pibet ||34||
1938 ed. 1.19.35
divā na nidrāvaśago nivātagṛhagocaraḥ |
vraṇī vaidyavaśe tiṣṭhañ śīghraṃ vraṇamapohati ||35||
1938 ed. 1.19.36
(vraṇe śvayathurāyāsāt sa ca rāgaś ca jāgārāt |
tau ca ruk ca divāsvāpāttāś ca mṛtyuś ca maithunāt) ||36||
1938 ed. 1.19.37
evaṃvṛttasamācāro vraṇī sampadyate sukhī |
āyuś ca dīrghamāpnoti dhanvantarivaco yathā ||37||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vraṇitopāsanīyo nāmaikonaviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||19||
1938 ed. 1.20.3
yadvāyoḥ pathyaṃ tat pittasyāpathyam ity anena hetunā na kiñciddravyamekāntena hitamahitaṃ vā'stīti kecidācāryā bruvate | tat tu na samyak; iha khalu yasmāddravyāṇi svabhāvataḥ saṃyogataś caikāntahitānyekāntāhitāni hitāhitāni ca bhavanti ||3||
1938 ed. 1.20.4
tatra ,ekāntahitāni jātisātmyāt salilaghṛtadugdhaudanaprabhṛtīni; ekāntāhitāni tu dahanapacanamāraṇādiṣu pravṛttānyanalakṣāraviṣādīni, saṃyogādaparāṇi viṣatulyāni bhavanti; hitāhitāni tu yadvāyoḥ pathyaṃ tat pittasyāpathyam iti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.20.5
ataḥ sarvaprāṇināmayamāhārārthaṃ varga upadiśyate; tad yathā- raktaśāliṣaṣṭikakaṅgukramukundakapāṇḍukapītakapramodakakālakāsanakapuṣpakakardamakaśakunāhṛtasugandhakakalama- nīvārakodravoddālakaśyāmākagodhūmayavavaiṇavaiṇahariṇakuraṅgamṛgamātṛkāśvadaṃṣṭrākarālakrakarakapotalāvatittirikapiñjalavartīravartikā mudgavanamudgamakuṣṭhakalāyamasūramaṅgalyacaṇakahareṇvāḍhakīsatīnāścillivāstukasuniṣaṇṇakajīvantītaṇḍulīyakamaṇḍūkaparṇyaḥ, gavyaṃ ghṛtaṃ, saindhavaṃ, dāḍimāmalakam ity eṣa vargaḥ sarvaprāṇināṃ sāmānyataḥ pathyatamaḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.20.6
tathā brahmacaryanivātaśayanoṣṇodakasnānaniśāsvapnavyāyāmāś caikāntataḥ pathyatamāḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.20.7
ekāntahitānyekāntāhitāni tu prāgupadiṣṭāni, hitāhitāni tu yadvāyoḥ pathyaṃ tat pittasyāpathyam iti ||7||
1938 ed. 1.20.8
saṃyogatastvaparāṇi viṣatulyāni bhavanti | tad yathā- vallīphalakavakakarīrāmlaphalalavaṇakulatthapiṇyākadadhitailavirohipiṣṭaśuṣkaśākājāvikamāṃsamadyajāmbavacilicimamatsyagodhāvarāhāṃśca naikadhyamaśnīyāt payasā ||8||
1938 ed. 1.20.9
rogaṃ sātmyaṃ ca deśaṃ ca kālaṃ dehaṃ ca buddhimān | avekṣyāgnyādikān bhāvān rogavṛtteḥ prayojayet ||9||
1938 ed. 1.20.10
avasthāntarabāhulyādrogādīnāṃ vyavasthitam | dravyaṃ necchanti bhiṣaja icchanti svastharakṣaṇe ||10||
1938 ed. 1.20.11
dvayor anyatarādāne vadanti viṣadugdhayoḥ | dugdhasyaikāntahitatāṃ viṣamekāntato 'hitam ||11|| evaṃ yuktaraseṣveṣu dravyeṣu salilādiṣu | ekāntahitatāṃ viddhi vatsa suśruta nānyathā ||12||
1938 ed. 1.20.13
ato 'nyānyapi saṃyogādahitāni vakṣyāmaḥ- navavirūḍhadhānyairvasāmadhupayoguḍamāṣair vā grāmyānūpaudakapiśitādīni nābhyavaharet; na payomadhubhyāṃ rohiṇīśākaṃ jātukaśākaṃ vā'śnīyāt, balākāṃ vāruṇīkulmāṣābhyāṃ, kākamācīṃ pippalīmaricābhyāṃ; nāḍībhaṅgaśākakukkuṭadadhīni ca naikadhyaṃ; madhu coṣṇodakānupānaṃ; pittena cāmamāṃsāni; surākṛśarāpāyasāṃś ca naikadhyaṃ; sauvīrakeṇa saha tilaśaṣkulīṃ; matsyaiḥ sahekṣuvikārān; guḍena kākamācīṃ, madhunā mūlakaṃ, guḍena vārāhaṃ madhunā ca saha viruddhaṃ; kṣīreṇa mūlakam, āmrajāmbavaśvāvicchūkaragodhāśca; sarvāṃś ca matsyān payasā, viśeṣeṇa cilicimaṃ; kadalīphalaṃ tālaphalena payasā dadhnā takreṇa vā; lakucaphalaṃ payasā dadhnā māṣasūpena vā, prāk payasaḥ payaso 'nte vā ||13||
1938 ed. 1.20.14
ataḥ karmaviruddhān vakṣyāmaḥ- kapotān sarṣapatailabhṛṣṭānnādyāt; kapiñjalamayūralāvatittirigodhāścairaṇḍadārvyagnisiddhā eraṇḍatailasiddhā vā nādyāt; kāṃsyabhājane daśarātraparyuṣitaṃ sarpiḥ; madhu coṣṇair uṣṇe vā; matsyaparipacane śṛṅgaveraparipacane vā siddhāṃ kākamācīṃ; tilakalkasiddhamupodikāśākaṃ; nārikelena varāhavasāparibhṛṣṭāṃ balākāṃ; bhāsamaṅgāraśūlyaṃ nāśnīyāditi ||14||
1938 ed. 1.20.15
ato mānaviruddhān vakṣyāmaḥ- madhvambunī madhusarpiṣī mānatastulye nāśnīyāt; snehau madhusnehau jalasnehau vā viśeṣādāntarīkṣodakānupānau ||15||
1938 ed. 1.20.16
ata ūrdhvaṃ rasadvandvāni rasato vīryato vipākataś ca viruddhāni vakṣyāmaḥ- tatra madhurāmlau rasavīryaviruddhau, madhuralavaṇau ca, madhurakaṭukau ca sarvataḥ, madhuratiktau rasavipākābhyāṃ, madhurakaṣāyau ca, amlalavaṇau rasataḥ, amlakaṭukau rasavipākābhyām, amlatiktāvamlakaṣāyau ca sarvataḥ, lavaṇakaṭukau rasavipākābhyāṃ, lavaṇatiktau lavaṇakaṣāyau ca sarvataḥ, kaṭutiktau rasavīryābhyāṃ kaṭukaṣāyau ca, tiktakaṣāyau rasataḥ ||16||
1938 ed. 1.20.17
taratamayogayuktāṃśca bhāvānatisnigdhānatirūkṣānatyuṣṇānatiśītānity evamādīn vivarjayet ||17||
1938 ed. 1.20.18
bhavanti cātra - viruddhānyevamādīni vīryato yāni kānicit | tānyekāntāhitānyeva śeṣaṃ vidyāddhitāhitam ||18||
1938 ed. 1.20.19
vyādhimindriyadaurbalyaṃ maraṇaṃ cādhigacchati | viruddharasavīryāṇi bhuñjāno 'nātmavān naraḥ ||19||
1938 ed. 1.20.20
yatkiñciddoṣamutkleśya bhuktaṃ kāyānna nirharet | rasādiṣvayathārthaṃ vā tadvikārāya kalpate ||20||
1938 ed. 1.20.21
viruddhāśanajān rogān pratihanti virecanam | vamanaṃ śamanaṃ vā'pi pūrvaṃ vā hitasevanam ||21||
1938 ed. 1.20.22
sātmyato 'lpatayā vā'pi dīptāgnestaruṇasya ca | snigdhavyāyāmabalināṃ viruddhaṃ vitathaṃ bhavet ||22||
1938 ed. 1.20.23
atha vātaguṇān vakṣyāmaḥ- pūrvaḥ samadhuraḥ snigdho lavaṇaś caiva mārutaḥ | gururvidāhajanano raktapittābhivardhanaḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.20.24
kṣatānāṃ viṣajuṣṭānāṃ vraṇinaḥ śleṣmalāś ca ye | teṣāṃ eva viśeṣeṇa sadā rogavivardhanaḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.20.25
vātalānāṃ praśastaś ca śrāntānāṃ kaphaśoṣiṇām | madhuraś cāvidāhī ca kaṣāyānuraso laghuḥ | dakṣiṇo mārutaḥ śreṣṭhaścakṣuṣyo balavardhanaḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.20.26
raktapittapraśamano na ca vātaprakopaṇaḥ | viśado rūkṣaparuṣaḥ kharaḥ snehabalāpahaḥ ||26||
1938 ed. 1.20.27
paścimo mārutastīkṣṇaḥ kaphamedoviśoṣaṇaḥ | sadyaḥ prāṇakṣayakaraḥ śoṣaṇas tu śarīriṇām ||27||
1938 ed. 1.20.28
uttaro mārutaḥ snigdho mṛdurmadhura eva ca | kaṣāyānurasaḥ śīto doṣāṇāṃ cāprakopaṇaḥ ||28||
1938 ed. 1.20.29
tasmāc ca prakṛtisthānāṃ kledano balavardhanaḥ | kṣīṇakṣayaviṣārtānāṃ viśeṣeṇa tu pūjitaḥ ||29||
1938 ed. 1.20.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne hitāhitīyo nāma viṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||20||
1938 ed. 1.21.1
athāto vraṇapraśnam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.21.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.21.3
vātapittaśleṣmāṇa eva dehasambhavahetavaḥ | tair evāvyāpannair adhomadhyor dhvasanniviṣṭaiḥ śarīramidaṃ dhāryate 'gāram iva sthūṇābhis tisṛbhiḥ ataś ca tristhūṇamāhureke | ta eva ca vyāpannāḥ pralayahetavaḥ | tadebhir eva śoṇitacaturthaiḥ sambhavasthitipralayeṣv apy avirahitaṃ śarīraṃ bhavati ||3||
1938 ed. 1.21.4
bhavati cātra
narte dehaḥ kaphād asti na pittānna ca mārutāt |
śoṇitād api vā nityaṃ deha etais tu dhāryate ||4||
1938 ed. 1.21.5
tatra ‘vā’ gatigandhanayoḥ, iti dhātuḥ, ‘tapa’ santāpe, ‘śliṣa’ āliṅgane, eteṣāṃ kṛdvihitaiḥ pratyayair vātaḥ pittaṃ śleṣmeti ca rūpāṇi bhavanti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.21.6
doṣasthānānyata ūrdhvaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ tatra samāsena vātaḥ śroṇigudasaṃśrayaḥ; tad upary adho nābheḥ pakvāśayaḥ pakvāmāśayamadhyaṃ pittasya āmāśayaḥ śleṣmaṇaḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.21.7
ataḥ paraṃ pañcadhā vibhajyante | tatra vātasya vātavyādhau vakṣyāmaḥ; pittasya yakṛtplīhānau hṛdayaṃ dṛṣṭistvak pūrvoktaṃ ca; śleṣmaṇa uraḥ śiraḥ kaṇṭho jihvāmūlaṃ sandhaya iti pūrvoktaṃ ca etāni khalu doṣāṇāṃ sthānānyavyāpannānām ||7||
1938 ed. 1.21.8
bhavati cātra
visargodānavikṣepaiḥ somasūryānilā yathā |
dhārayanti jagaddehaṃ kaphapittānilās tathā ||8||
1938 ed. 1.21.9
tatra jijñāsyaṃ kiṃ pittavyatirekādanyo 'gniḥ? āhosvit pittamevāgniriti? | atrocyate- na khalu pittavyatirekādanyo 'gnirupalabhyate, āgneyatvāt pitte dahanapacanādiṣvabhipravartamāne 'gnivadupacāraḥ kriyate 'ntaragniriti; kṣīṇe hy agniguṇe tatsamānadravyopayogāt, ativṛddhe śītakriyopayogāt , āgamāc ca paśyāmo na khalu pittavyatirekādanyo 'gniriti ||9||
1938 ed. 1.21.10
taccādṛṣṭahetukena viśeṣeṇa pakvāmāśayamadhyasthaṃ pittaṃ caturvidhamannapānaṃ pacati, vivecayati ca doṣarasamūtrapurīṣāṇi; tatrastham eva cātmaśaktyā śeṣāṇāṃ pittasthānānāṃ śarīrasya cāgnikarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti, tasmin pitte pācako 'gniriti sañjñā; yat tu yakṛtplīhnoḥ pittaṃ tasmin rañjako 'gniriti sañjñā, sa rasasya rāgakṛduktaḥ; yat pittaṃ hṛdayasthaṃ tasmin sādhako 'gniriti sañjñā, so 'bhiprārthitamanorathasādhanakṛduktaḥ; yaddṛṣṭyāṃ pittaṃ tasminnālocako 'gniriti sañjñā, sa rūpagrahaṇā'dhikṛtaḥ; yattu tvaci pittaṃ tasmin bhrājako 'gniriti sañjñā, so 'bhyaṅgapariṣekāvagāhālepanādīnāṃ kriyādravyāṇāṃ paktā chāyānāṃ ca prakāśakaḥ ||10||
1938 ed. 1.21.11
bhavati cātra
pittaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ dravaṃ pūti nīlaṃ pītaṃ tathaiva ca |
uṣṇaṃ kaṭurasaṃ caiva vidagdhaṃ cāmlam eva ca ||11||
1938 ed. 1.21.12
ata ūrdhvaṃ śleṣmasthānānyanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ | tatra, āmāśayaḥ pittāśayasyopariṣṭāt tatpratyanīkatvād ūrdhvagatitvāt tejasaḥ, candra iva ādity asya , caturvidhasyāhārasyādhāraḥ; sa ca tatraudakairguṇairāhāraḥ praklinno bhinnasaṅghātaḥ sukhajaro bhavati ||12||
1938 ed. 1.21.13
mādhuryāt picchilatvāc ca prakleditvāt tathaiva ca |
āmāśaye sambhavati śleṣmā madhuraśītalaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.21.14
sa tatrastha eva svaśaktyā śeṣāṇāṃ śleṣmasthānānāṃ śarīrasya codakakarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti; uraḥsthastrikasandhāraṇamātmavīryeṇānnarasasahitena hṛdayāvalambanaṃ karoti; jihvāmūlakaṇṭhastho jihvendriyasya saumyatvāt samyagrasajñāne vartate; śiraḥsthaḥ snehasantarpaṇādhikṛtatvād indriyāṇāmātmavīryeṇānugrahaṃ karot; sandhisthaḥ śleṣmā sarvasandhisaṃśleṣāt sarvasandhyanugrahaṃ karoti ||14||
1938 ed. 1.21.15
bhavati cātra
śleṣmā śveto guruḥ snigdhaḥ picchilaḥ śīta eva ca |
madhurastvavidagdhaḥ syādvidagdho lavaṇa smṛtaḥ ||15||
1938 ed. 1.21.16
śoṇitasya sthānaṃ yakṛtplīhānau, tacca prāgabhihitaṃ; tatrastham eva śeṣāṇāṃ śoṇitasthānānāmanugrahaṃ karoti ||16||
1938 ed. 1.21.17
bhavati cātra
anuṣṇaśītaṃ madhuraṃ snigdhaṃ raktaṃ ca varṇataḥ |
śoṇitaṃ guru visraṃ syādvidāhaś cāsya pittavat ||17||
1938 ed. 1.21.18
etāni khalu doṣasthānāni eṣu sañcīyante doṣāḥ | prāk sañcayahetur uktaḥ | tatra sañcitānāṃ khalu doṣāṇāṃ stabdhapūrṇakoṣṭhatā pītāvabhāsatā mandoṣmatā cāṅgānāṃ gauravamālasyaṃ cayakāraṇavidveṣaś ceti liṅgāni bhavanti | tatra prathamaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.21.19
ata ūrdhvaṃ prakopaṇāni vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra balavadvigrahātivyāyāmavyavāyādhyayanaprapatanapradhāvanaprapīḍanābhighātalaṅghanaplavanataraṇarātrijāgaraṇabhāraharaṇa- gajaturagarathapadāticaryākaṭukaṣāyatiktarūkṣalaghuśītavīryaśuṣkaśākavallūravarakoddālakakoradūṣaśyāmākanīvāra- mudgamasūrāḍhakīhareṇukalāyaniṣpāvānaśanaviṣamāśanādhyaśanavātamūtrapurīṣaśukracchardikṣavathūdgārabāṣpavegavighātādibhir viśeṣair vāyuḥ prakopamāpadyate ||19||
1938 ed. 1.21.20
sa śītābhrapravāteṣu gharmānte ca viśeṣataḥ |
pratyūṣasyaparāhṇe tu jīrṇe 'nne ca prakupyati ||20||
1938 ed. 1.21.21
krodhaśokabhayāyāsopavāsavidagdhamaithunopagamanakaṭvamlalavaṇa- tīkṣṇoṣṇalaghuvidāhitilatailapiṇyākakulatthasarṣapātasīharitakaśāka- godhāmatsyājāvikamāṃsadadhitakrakūrcikāmastusauvīrakasurāvikārāmlaphalakaṭvaraprabhṛtibhiḥ pittaṃ prakopamāpadyate ||21||
1938 ed. 1.21.22
tad uṣṇair uṣṇakāle ca ghanānte ca viśeṣataḥ |
madhyāhne cārdharātre ca jīryatyanne ca kupyati ||22||
1938 ed. 1.21.23
divāsvapnāvyāyāmālasyamadhurāmlalavaṇaśītasnigdhagurupicchilābhiṣyandihāyanakayavakanaiṣadhetkaṭa- māṣamahāmāṣagodhūmatilapiṣṭavikṛtidadhidugdhakṛśarāpāyasekṣuvikārānūpaudakamāṃsavasābisamṛṇāla- kaserukaśṛṅgāṭakamadhuravallīphalasamaśanādhyaśanaprabhṛtibhiḥ śleṣmā prakopamāpadyate ||23||
1938 ed. 1.21.24
sa śītaiḥ śītakāle ca vasante ca viśeṣataḥ |
pūrvāhṇe ca pradoṣe ca bhuktamātre prakupyati ||24||
1938 ed. 1.21.25
pittaprakopaṇair eva cābhīkṣṇaṃ dravasnigdhagurubhir āhārair divāsvapnakrodhānalātapaśramābhighātājīrṇaviruddhādhyaśanādibhir viśeṣair asṛk prakopamāpadyate ||25||
1938 ed. 1.21.26
yasmādraktaṃ vinā doṣairna kadācit prakupyati |
tasmāt tasya yathādoṣaṃ kālaṃ vidyat prakopaṇe ||26||
1938 ed. 1.21.27
teṣāṃ prakopāt koṣṭhatodasañcaraṇāmlīkāpipāsāparidāhānnadveṣahṛdayotkledāś ca jāyante | tatra dvitīyaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.21.28
ata ūrdhvaṃ prasaraṃ vakṣyāmaḥ- teṣāṃ ebhir ātaṅkaviśeṣaiḥ prakupitānāṃ kiṇvodakapiṣṭasamavāya ivodriktānāṃ prasaro bhavati | teṣāṃ vāyurgatimattvāt prasaraṇahetuḥ saty apy acaitanye | sa hi rajobhūyiṣṭhaḥ; rajaś ca pravartakaṃ sarvabhāvānām | yathā- mahānudakasañcayo 'tivṛddhaḥ setumavadāryāpareṇodakena vyāmiśraḥ sarvataḥ pradhāvati, evaṃ doṣāḥ kadācidekaśo dviśaḥ samastāḥ śoṇitasahitā vā'nekadhā prasaranti | tad yathā- vātaḥ, pittaṃ, śleṣmā, śoṇitaṃ, vātapitte, vātaśleṣmāṇau, pittaśleṣmāṇau, vātaśoṇite, pittaśoṇite, śleṣmaśoṇite, vātapittaśoṇitāni, vātaśleṣmaśoṇitāni, pittaśleṣmaśoṇitāni, vātapittakaphāḥ, vātapittakaphaśoṇitānīti; evaṃ pañcadaśadhā prasaranti ||28||
1938 ed. 1.21.29
kṛtsne 'rdhe 'vayave vā'pi yatrāṅge kupito bhṛśam |
doṣo vikāraṃ nabhasi meghavattatra varṣati ||29||
1938 ed. 1.21.30
nātyarthaṃ kupitaś cāpi līno mārgeṣu tiṣṭhati |
niṣpratyanīkaḥ kālena hetumāsādya kupyati ||30||
1938 ed. 1.21.31
tatra vāyoḥ pittasthānagatasya pittavat pratīkāraḥ, pittasya ca kaphasthānagatasya kaphavat, kaphasya ca vātasthānagatasya vātavat ; eṣa kriyāvibhāgaḥ ||31||
1938 ed. 1.21.32
evaṃ prakupitānāṃ prasaratāṃ vāyor vimārgagamanāṭopau, oṣacoṣaparidāhadhūmāyanāni pittasya, arocakāvipākāṅgasādāś chardiś ceti śleṣmaṇo liṅgāni bhavanti; tatra tṛtīyaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||32||
1938 ed. 1.21.33
ata ūrdhvaṃ sthānasaṃśrayaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | evaṃ prakupitā tāṃstāñ śarīrapradeśānāgamya tāṃstān vyādhīn janayanti | te yadodarasanniveśaṃ kurvanti tadā gulma vidradhyudarāgnisaṅgānāhavisūcikātisāraprabhṛtīñjanayanti; bastigatāḥ pramehāśmarīmūtrāghātamūtradoṣaprabhṛtīn; meḍhragatā niruddhaprakaśopadaṃśaśūkadoṣaprabhṛtīn; gudagatā bhagandarārśaḥprabhṛtīn; vṛṣaṇagatā vṛddhīḥ; ūrdhvajatrugatāstūrdhvajān; tvaṅmaṃsaśoṇitasthāḥ kṣudrarogān kuṣṭhāni visarpāṃś ca; medogatā granthyapacyarbudagalagaṇḍālajīprabhṛtīn; asthigatā vidradhyanuśayīprabhṛtīn; pādagatāḥ ślīpadavātaśoṇitavātakaṇṭakaprabhṛtīn; sarvāṅgagatā jvarasarvāṅgarogaprabhṛtīn; teṣāṃ evamabhis anniviṣṭānāṃ pūrvarūpaprādurbhāvaḥ ; taṃ pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | tatraSS.1.20. pūrvarūpagateṣu caturthaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||33||
1938 ed. 1.21.34
ata ūrdhvaṃ vyādherdarśanaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ- śophārbudagranthividradhivisarpaprabhṛtīnāṃ pravyaktalakṣaṇatā jvarātīsāraprabhṛtīnāṃ ca | tatra pañcamaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||34||
1938 ed. 1.21.35
ata ūrdhvameteṣāmavadīrṇānāṃ vraṇabhāvamāpannānāṃ ṣaṣṭhaḥ kriyākālaḥ, jvarātisāraprabhṛtīnāṃ ca dīrghakālānubandhaḥ | tatrāpratikriyamāṇe 'sādhyatām upayānti ||35||
1938 ed. 1.21.36
bhavanti cātra
sañcayaṃ ca prakopaṃ ca prasaraṃ sthānasaṃśrayam |
vyaktiṃ bhedaṃ ca yo vetti doṣāṇāṃ sa bhavedbhiṣak ||36||
1938 ed. 1.21.37
sañcaye 'pahṛtā doṣā labhante nottarā gatīḥ |
te tūttarāsu gatiṣu bhavanti balavattarāḥ ||37||
1938 ed. 1.21.38
sarvair bhāvais tribhir vā'pi dvābhyām ekena vā punaḥ |
saṃsarge kupitaḥ kruddhaṃ doṣaṃ doṣo 'nudhāvati ||38||
1938 ed. 1.21.39
saṃsarge yo garīyān syād upakramyaḥ sa vai bhavet |
śeṣadoṣāvirodhena sannipāte tathaiva ca ||39||
1938 ed. 1.21.40
vṛṇoti yasmād rūḍhe 'pi vraṇavas tu na naśyati |
ādehadhāraṇāttasmād vraṇa ity ucyate budhaiḥ ||40||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vraṇapraśnādhyāyo nāmaikaviṃśodhyāyaḥ ||21||
1938 ed. 1.22.1
athāto vraṇāsrāvavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyamaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.22.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.22.3
tvaṅmāṃsasirāsnāyvasthisandhikoṣṭhamarmāṇītyaṣṭau vraṇavastūni | atra sarvavraṇasanniveśaḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.22.4
tatra, ādyaikavastusanniveśī tvagbhedī vraṇaḥ sūpacaraḥ, śeṣāḥ svayamavadīryamāṇā durupacārāḥ ||4||
1938 ed. 1.22.5
tatrāyataś caturasro vṛttastripuṭaka iti vraṇākṛtisamāsaḥ, śeṣās tu vikṛtākṛtayo durupakramā bhavanti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.22.6
sarva eva vraṇāḥ kṣipraṃ saṃrohantyātmavatāṃ subhiṣagbhiś copakrāntāḥ; anātmavatāmajñaiś copakrāntāḥ praduṣyanti, pravṛddhatvād doṣāṇām ||6||
1938 ed. 1.22.7
tatrātisaṃvṛto 'tivivṛto 'tikaṭhino 'timṛdurutsanno 'vasanno 'tiśīto 'tyuṣṇaḥ nagandhātyarthadāhapākarāgavedanāvāniti pittena, śeṣāḥ kaphena; unmārgī mukhāt mukhāntaravān, utsaṅgaḥ koṭaraḥ’ iti cakraḥ; kṛṣṇaraktapītaśuklādīnāṃ varṇānām anyatamavarṇo bhairavaḥ pūtipūyamāṃsasirāsnāyuprabhṛtibhiḥ pūrṇaḥ pūtipūyāsrāvyunmārgyutsaṅgyamanojñadarśanagandho 'tyarthaṃ vedanāvān dāhapākarāgakaṇḍūśophapiḍakopadruto 'tyarthaṃ duṣṭaśoṇitāsrāvī dīrghakālānubandhī ceti duṣṭavraṇaliṅgāni | tasya doṣocchrāyeṇa ṣaṭtvaṃ vibhajya yathāsvaṃ pratīkāre prayateta ||7||
1938 ed. 1.22.8a
ata ūrdhvaṃ sarvasrāvān vakṣyāmaḥ- tatra ghṛṣṭāsu chinnāsu vā tvakṣu sphoṭe bhinne vidārite vā salilaprakāśo bhavatyāsrāvaḥ kiñcidvisraḥ pītāvabhāsaśca; māṃsagataḥ sarpiḥprakāśaḥ sāndraḥ śvetaḥ picchilaś ca; sirāgataḥ sadyaśchinnāsu sirāsu raktātipravṛttiḥ pakvāsu ca toyanāḍībhir iva toyāgamanaṃ pūyasya, āsrāvaś cātra tanurvicchinnaḥ picchilo 'valambī śyāvo 'vaśyāyapratimaś ca; snāyugataḥ snigdho ghanaḥ siṅghāṇakapratimaḥ saraktaś ca; asthigato 'sthanyabhihate sphuṭite bhinne doṣāvadārite vā doṣabhakṣitatvād asthi niḥsāraṃ śuktidhautamivābhāti , āsrāvaś cātra majjamiśraḥ sarudhiraḥ snigdhaś ca; sandhigataḥ pīḍyamāno na pravartate, ākuñcanaprasāraṇonnamanavinamanapradhāvanotkāsanapravāhaṇaiś ca sravati, āsrāvaś cātra picchilo 'valambī sarudhironmathitaś ca ; koṣṭhagato 'sṛṅmūtrapurīṣapūyodakāni sravati; marmagatastvagādiṣvavaruddhatvānnocyate |
1938 ed. 1.22.8b
tatra tvagādigatānāmāsrāvāṇāṃ yathākramaṃ pāruṣyaśyāvāvaśyāyadadhimastukṣārodakamāṃsadhāvanapulākodakasannibhatvāni mārutādbhavanti; pittād gomedakagomūtrabhasmaśaṅkhakaṣāyodakamādhvīkatailasannibhatvāni; pittavadraktādativisratvaṃ ca; kaphānnavanītakāsīsamajjapiṣṭatilanālikerodakavarāhavasāsannibhatvāni; sannipātānnālikerodakair vārukarasakāñjikaprasādārukodakapriyaṅguphalayakṛnmudgayūṣasavarṇatvānīti ||8||
1938 ed. 1.22.9
ślokau cātra bhavataḥ
pakvāśayādasādhyas tu pulākodakasannibhaḥ |
kṣārodakanibhaḥ srāvo varjyo raktāśayātsravan ||9||
1938 ed. 1.22.10
āmāśayāt kalāyāmbhonibhaś ca trikasandhijaḥ |
srāvānetān parīkṣyādau tataḥ karmācared bhiṣak ||10||
1938 ed. 1.22.11
ata ūrdhvaṃ sarvavraṇavedanā vakṣyāmaḥ- todanabhedanatāḍanacchedanāyāmanamanthanavikṣepaṇacumucumāyananirdahanāvabhañjanasphoṭana vidāraṇotpāṭanakampanavividhaśūlaviśleṣaṇavikiraṇastambhanapūraṇasvapnākuñjanāṅku śikāḥ sambhavanti, animittavividhavedanāprādurbhāvo vā muhurmuhuryatrāgacchanti vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ vātikam iti vidyāt; oṣacoṣaparidāhadhūmāyanāni yatra gātramaṅgārāvakīrṇam iva pacyate yatra coṣmābhivṛddhiḥ kṣate kṣārāvasiktavac ca vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ paittikam iti vidyāt; pittavadraktasamutthaṃ jānīyāt; kaṇḍūrgurutvaṃ suptatvam upadeho 'lpavedanatvaṃ stambhaḥ śaityaṃ ca yatra taṃ ślaiṣmikam iti vidyāt; yatra sarvāsāṃ vedanānām utpattistaṃ sānnipātikam iti vidyāt ||11||
1938 ed. 1.22.12
ata ūrdhvaṃ vraṇavarṇān vakṣyāmaḥ- bhasmakapotāsthivarṇaḥ paruṣo 'ruṇaḥ kṛṣṇa iti mārutajasyaḥ nīlaḥ pīto haritaḥ śyāvaḥ kṛṣṇo raktaḥ piṅgalaḥ kapila iti raktapittasamutthayoḥ; śvetaḥ snigdhaḥ pāṇḍur iti śleṣmajasya; sarvavarṇopetaḥ sānnipātika iti ||12||
1938 ed. 1.22.13
bhavati cātra
na kevalaṃ vraṇeṣūkto vedanāvarṇasaṅgrahaḥ |
sarvaśophavikāreṣu vraṇaval lakṣayed bhiṣak ||13||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vraṇāsrāvavijñānīyo nāma dvāviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||22||
1938 ed. 1.23.1
athātaḥ kṛtyākṛtyavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.23.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.23.3
tatra vayaḥsthānāṃ dṛḍhānāṃ prāṇavatāṃ sattvavatāṃ (ātmavatāṃ) ca sucikitsyā vraṇāḥ ekasmin vā puruṣe yatraitad guṇacatuṣṭayaṃ tasya sukhasādhanīyatamāḥ | tatra vayaḥsthānāṃ pratyagradhātutvād āśu vraṇā rohanti dṛḍhānāṃ sthirabahumāṃsatvāc chastram avacāryamāṇaṃ sirāsnāyvādiviśeṣān na prāpnoti prāṇavatāṃ vedanābhighātāhārayantraṇādibhir na glānir utpadyate sattvavatāṃ dāruṇair api kriyāviśeṣair na vyathā bhavati tasmād eteṣāṃ sukhasādhanīyatamāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.23.4
ta eva viparītaguṇā vṛddhakṛśālpaprāṇabhīruṣu draṣṭavyāḥ ||4||
1938 ed. 1.23.5
sphikpāyuprajananalalāṭagaṇḍauṣṭhapṛṣṭhakarṇaphalakoṣodarajatrumukhābhyantarasaṃsthāḥ sukharopaṇīyā vraṇāḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.23.6
akṣidantanāsāpāṅgaśrotranābhijaṭharasevanīnitambapārśvakukṣivakṣaḥkakṣāstanasandhibhāgagatāḥ saphenapūyaraktānilavāhino 'ntaḥśalyāś ca duścikitsyāḥ; adhobhāgāścordhvabhāganirvāhiṇo , romāntopanakhamarmajaṅghāsthisaṃśritāśca, bhagandaramapi cāntarmukhaṃ sevanīkuṭakāsthisaṃśritam ||6||
1938 ed. 1.23.7
kuṣṭhināṃ viṣajuṣṭānāṃ śoṣiṇāṃ madhumehinām |
vraṇāḥ kṛcchreṇa sidhyanti yeṣāṃ cāpi vraṇe vraṇāḥ ||7||
1938 ed. 1.23.8
avapāṭikāniruddhaprakaśasanniruddhagudajaṭharāṇi, granthikṣatakrimayaḥ pratiśyāyajāḥ koṣṭhajāś ca tvagdoṣiṇāṃ pramehiṇāṃ vā ye parikṣateṣu dṛśyante, śarkarā sikatāmeho vātakuṇḍalikā'ṣṭhīlā dantaśarkaropakuśaḥ kaṇṭhaśālūkaṃ niṣkoṣaṇadūṣitāś ca dantaveṣṭā visarpāsthikṣatoraḥkṣatavraṇagranthiprabhṛtayaś ca yāpyāḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.23.9
sādhyā yāpyatvam āyānti yāpyāś cāsādhyatāṃ tathā |
ghnanti prāṇān asādhyās tu narāṇām akriyāvatām ||9||
1938 ed. 1.23.10
yāpanīyaṃ vijānīyāt kriyā dhārayate tu yam |
kriyāyāṃ tu nivṛttāyāṃ sadya eva vinaśyati ||10||
1938 ed. 1.23.11
prāptā kriyāṃ dhārayati yāpyavyādhitam āturam |
prapatiṣyadivāgāraṃ viṣkambhaḥ sādhuyojitaḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.23.12
ata ūrdhvam asādhyān vakṣyāmaḥ- māṃsapiṇḍavadudgatāḥ prasekino 'ntaḥpūyavedanāvanto 'śvāpānavadudvṛttauṣṭhāḥ , kecit kaṭhinā gośṛṅgavadudgatamṛdumāṃsaprarohāḥ, apare duṣṭarudhirāsrāviṇastanuśītapicchilāsrāviṇo vā madhyonnatāḥ, kecidavasannaśuṣiraparyantāḥ śaṇatūlavat snāyujālavanto durdarśanāḥ, vasāmedomajjamastuluṅgasrāviṇaś ca doṣasamutthāḥ, pītāsitamūtrapurīṣavātavāhinaś ca koṣṭhasthāḥ, ta evobhayatobhāgavraṇamukheṣu pūyaraktanirvāhiṇaḥ, (kṣīṇamāṃsānāṃ ca ) sarvatogatayaś cāṇumukhā māṃsabudbudavantaḥ, saśabdavātavāhinaś ca śiraḥkaṇṭhasthāḥ, kṣīṇamāṃsānāṃ ca pūyaraktanirvāhiṇo 'rocakāvipākakāsaśvāsopadravayuktāḥ, bhinne vā śiraḥkapāle yatra mastuluṅgadarśanaṃ tridoṣaliṅgaprādurbhāvaḥ kāsaśvāsau vā yasyeti ||12||
1938 ed. 1.23.13
bhavati cātra
vasāṃ medo 'tha majjānaṃ mastuluṅgaṃ ca yaḥ sravet |
āgantus tu vraṇaḥ sidhyen na sidhyed doṣasambhavaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.23.14
amarmopahite deśe sirāsandhyasthivarjite |
vikāroyo 'nuparyeti tad asādhyasya lakṣaṇam ||14||
1938 ed. 1.23.15
krameṇopacayaṃ prāpya dhātūn anugataḥ śanaiḥ |
na śakya unmūlayituṃ vṛddho vṛkṣa ivāmayaḥ ||15||
1938 ed. 1.23.16
sa sthiratvān mahattvāc ca dhātvanukramaṇena ca |
nihantyauṣadhavīryāṇi mantrān duṣṭagraho yathā ||16||
1938 ed. 1.23.17
ato yo viparītaḥ syāt sukhasādhyaḥ sa ucyate |
abaddhamūlaḥ kṣupako yadvad utpāṭane sukhaḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.23.18
tribhir doṣair anākrāntaḥ śyāvauṣṭhaḥ piḍakī samaḥ |
avedano nirāsrāvo vraṇaḥ śuddha ihocyate ||18||
1938 ed. 1.23.19
kapotavarṇapratimā yasyāntāḥ kledavarjitāḥ |
sthirāś cipiṭikāvanto rohatīti tam ādiśet ||19||
1938 ed. 1.23.20
rūḍhavartmānam agranthim aśūnam arujaṃ vraṇam |
tvaksavarṇaṃ samatalaṃ samyag rūḍhaṃ vinirdiśet ||20||
1938 ed. 1.23.21
doṣaprakopād vyāyāmādabhighātādajīrṇataḥ |
harṣāt krodhād bhayād vā'pi vraṇo rūḍho 'pi dīryate ||21||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne kṛtyākṛtyavidhirnāma trayoviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.24.1
athāto vyādhisamuddeśīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.24.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.24.3
dvividhās tu vyādhayaḥ śastrasādhyāḥ, snehādikriyāsādhyāś ca | tatra śastrasādhyeṣu snehādikriyā na pratiṣidhyate, snehādikriyāsādhyeṣu śastrakarma na kriyate ||3||
1938 ed. 1.24.4
asmin punaḥ śāstre sarvatantrasāmānyāt sarveṣāṃ vyādhīnāṃ yathāsthūlam avarodhaḥ kriyate | prāgabhihitaṃ ‘tadduḥkhasaṃyogā vyādhaya’ (sū. a. 1) iti | tac ca duḥkhaṃ trividham- ādhyātmikam, ādhibhautikam, ādhidaivikam iti | tattu saptavidhe vyādhāv upanipatati | te punaḥ saptavidhā vyādhayaḥ; tad yathā- ādibalapravṛttāḥ, janmabalapravṛttāḥ, doṣabalapravṛttāḥ, saṅghātabalapravṛttāḥ, kālabalapravṛttāḥ, daivabalapravṛttāḥ, svabhāvabalapravṛttā iti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.24.5
tatra, ādibalapravṛttā ye śukraśoṇitadoṣānvayāḥ kuṣṭhārśaḥprabhṛtayaḥ; te 'pi dvividhāḥ- mātṛjāḥ, pitṛjāś ca | janmabalapravṛttā ye māturapacārāt paṅgujātyandhabadhiramūkaminminavāmanaprabhṛtayo jāyante; te 'pi dvividhāḥ rasakṛtāḥ, dauhṛdāpacārakṛtāś ca | doṣabalapravṛttā ye ātaṅkasamutpannā mithyāhārācārakṛtāśca; te 'pi dvividhāḥ āmāśayasamutthāḥ , pakvāśayasamutthāśca; punaś ca dvividhāḥ- śārīrā, mānasāś ca | ta ete ādhyātmikāḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.24.6
saṅghātabalapravṛttā ya āgantavo durbalasya balavadvigrahāt; te 'pi dvividhāḥ- śastrakṛtā, vyālakṛtāś ca | ete ādhibhautikāḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.24.7a
kālabalapravṛttā ye śītoṣṇavātavarṣātapaprabhṛtinimittāḥ; te 'pi dvividhāḥ- vyāpannartukṛtāḥ, avyāpannartukṛtāś ca |
1938 ed. 1.24.7
daivabalapravṛtā ye devadrohādabhiśaptakā atharvaṇakṛtā upasargajāś ca; te 'pi dvividhāḥ- vidyudaśanikṛtāḥ, piśācādikṛtāś ca; punaś ca dvividhāḥ- saṃsargajā , ākasmikāś ca | svabhāvabalapravṛttā ye kṣutpipāsājarāmṛtyunidrāprabhṛtayaḥ; te 'pi dvividhāḥ- kālajā, akālajāśca; tatra parirakṣaṇakṛtāḥ kālajāḥ, aparirakṣaṇakṛtā akālajāḥ | ete ādhidaivikāḥ | atra sarvavyādhyavarodhaḥ ||7||
1938 ed. 1.24.8
sarveṣāṃ ca vyādhīnāṃ vātapittaśleṣmāṇa eva mūlaṃ; talliṅgatvād dṛṣṭaphalatvād āgamāc ca | yathā hi kṛtsnaṃ vikārajātaṃ viśvarūpeṇāvasthitaṃ sattvarajastamāṃsi na vyatiricyante, evam eva kṛtsnaṃ vikārajātaṃ viśvarūpeṇāvasthitamavyatiricya vātapittaśleṣmāṇo vartante | doṣadhātumalasaṃsargādāyatanaviśeṣānnimittataścaiṣāṃ vikalpaḥ | doṣadūṣiteṣv atyarthaṃ dhātuṣu sañjñā- rasajo 'yaṃ, śoṇitajo 'yaṃ, māṃsajo 'yaṃ, medojo 'yaṃ, asthijo 'yaṃ majjajo 'yaṃ, śukrajo 'yaṃ vyādhir iti ||8||
1938 ed. 1.24.9
tatra, annāśraddhārocakāvipākāṅgamardajvarahṛllāsatṛptigauravahṛtpāṇḍurogamārgoparodhakārśyavairasyāṅgasādākālajavalīpalitadarśanaprabhṛtayo rasadoṣajā vikārāḥ;SS.1.23. kuṣṭhavisarpapiḍakāmaśakanīlikātilakālakanyacchavyaṅgendraluptaplīhavidradhigulmavātaśoṇitārśo 'rbudāṅgamardāsṛgdararaktapittaprabhṛtayo raktadoṣajāḥ , gudamukhameḍhrapākāśca; adhimāṃsārbudārśo 'dhijihvopajihvopakuśagalaśuṇḍikālajīmāṃsasaṅghātauṣṭhaprakopagalagaṇḍagaṇḍamālāprabhṛtayo māṃsadoṣajāḥ; granthivṛddhigalagaṇḍārbudamedojauṣṭhaprakopamadhumehātisthaulyātisvedaprabhṛtayo medodoṣajāḥ; adhyasthyadhidantāsthitodaśūlakunakhaprabhṛtayo 'sthidoṣajāḥ; tamodarśanamūrcchābhramaparvasthūlamūlārurjanmanetrābhiṣyandaprabhṛtayo majjadoṣajāḥ; klaibyāpraharṣaśukrāśmarīśukramehaśukradoṣādayaśca taddoṣāḥ; tvagdoṣāḥ saṅgo 'tipravṛttirayathāpravṛttirvā malāyatanadoṣāḥ; indriyāṇāmapravṛttirayathāpravṛttirvendriyāyatanadoṣāḥ; ity eṣa samāsa uktaḥ; vistaraṃ nimittāni caiṣāṃ pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ ||9||
1938 ed. 1.24.10
bhavati cātra
kupitānāṃ hi doṣāṇāṃ śarīre paridhāvatām |
yatra saṅgaḥ khavaiguṇyād vyādhis tatropajāyate ||10||
1938 ed. 1.24.11
bhūyo 'tra jijñāsyaṃ, kiṃ vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ ca nityaḥ saṃśleṣaḥ paricchedo vā? iti; yadi nityaḥ saṃśleṣaḥ syāttarhi nity āturāḥ sarva eva prāṇinaḥ syuḥ; athāpy anyathā vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ ca, ‘anyatra vartamānānām anyatra liṅgaṃ na bhavati’ iti kṛtvā yad ucyate vātādayo jvarādīnāṃ mūlānīti tanna | atrocyate- doṣān pratyākhyāya jvarādayo na bhavanti; atha ca na (nity aḥ) sambandhaḥ; yathā hi vidyudvātāśanivarṣāṇyākāśaṃ pratyākhyāya na bhavanti, saty apy ākāśe kadācin na bhavanti, atha ca nimittatas tata evotpattir iti; taraṅgabudbudādayaś codakaviśeṣāḥ eva; vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ ca nāpy evaṃ saṃśleṣo na paricchedaḥ śāśvatikaḥ, atha ca nimittata evotpattir iti ||11||
1938 ed. 1.24.12
bhavati cātra
vikāraparimāṇaṃ ca saṅkhyā caiṣāṃ pṛthak pṛthak |
vistareṇottare tantre sarvā bādhāś ca vakṣyate ||12||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vyādhisamuddeśīyo nāma caturviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.25.1
athāto 'ṣṭavidhaśastrakarmīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.25.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ |
1938 ed. 1.25.3
chedyā bhagandarā granthiḥ ślaiṣmikastilakālakaḥ |
vraṇavartmārbudāny arśaś carmakīlo 'sthimāṃsagam ||
1938 ed. 1.25.4
śalyaṃ jatumaṇir māṃsasaṃghāto galaśuṇḍikā |
snāyumāṃsasirākotho valmīkaṃ śataponakaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.25.5
adhruṣaś copadaṃśāś ca māṃsakandyadhimāṃsakaḥ |
bhedyā vidradhayo 'nyatra sarvajād granthayastrayaḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.25.6
ādito ye visarpāś ca vṛddhayaḥ savidārikāḥ |
pramehapiḍakāḥ śophaḥ stanarogo 'vamanthakāḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.25.7
kumbhīkānuśayī nāḍyo vṛndau puṣkarikā'lajī |
prāyaśaḥ kṣudrarogāś ca puppuṭau tāludantajau ||7||
1938 ed. 1.25.8
tuṇḍikerī gilāyuś ca pūrvaṃ ye ca prapākiṇaḥ |
bastis tathā'śmarīhetor medojā ye ca kecana ||8||
1938 ed. 1.25.9
lekhyāś catasro rohiṇyaḥ kilāsamupajihvikā |
medojo dantavaidarbho granthir vartmādhijihvikā ||9||
1938 ed. 1.25.10ab
arśāṃsi maṇḍalaṃ māṃsakandī māṃsonnatis tathā |
1938 ed. 1.25.10cd
vedhyāḥ sirā bahuvidhā mūtravṛddhirdakodaram ||10||
1938 ed. 1.25.11
eṣyā nāḍyaḥ saśalyāś ca vraṇā unmārgiṇaś ca ye
āhāryāḥ śarkarāstisro dantakarṇamalo 'śmarī ||11||
śalyāni mūḍhagarbhāś ca varcaś ca nicitaṃ gude |
1938 ed. 1.25.12
srāvyā vidradhayaḥ pañca bhaveyuḥ sarvajādṛte ||12||
1938 ed. 1.25.13
kuṣṭhāni vāyuḥ sarujaḥ śopho yaś caikadeśajaḥ |
pālyāmayāḥ ślīpadāni viṣajuṣṭaṃ ca śoṇitam ||13||
1938 ed. 1.25.14
arbudāni visarpāś ca granthayaś cāditaś ca te |
trayas trayaś copadaṃśāḥ stanarogā vidārikā ||14||
1938 ed. 1.25.15
su(śu)ṣiro galaśālūkaṃ kaṇṭakāḥ kṛmidantakaḥ |
dantaveṣṭaḥ sopakuśaḥ śītādo dantapuppuṭaḥ ||15||
1938 ed. 1.25.16
pittāsṛkkaphajāś cauṣṭhyāḥ kṣudrarogāś ca bhūyaśaḥ |
sīvyā medaḥsamutthāś ca bhinnāḥ sulikhitā gadāḥ ||16||
1938 ed. 1.25.17
sadyovraṇāś ca ye caiva calasandhivyapāśritāḥ |
na kṣārāgniviṣair juṣṭā na ca mārutavāhinaḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.25.18
nāntarlohitaśalyāś ca teṣu samyag viśodhanam
pāṃśuromanakhādīni calamasthi bhavec ca yat ||18||
1938 ed. 1.25.19
ahṛtāni yato 'mūni pācayeyurbhṛśaṃ vraṇam |
rujaś ca vividhāḥ kuryus tasmād etān viśodhayet ||19||
1938 ed. 1.25.20
tato vraṇaṃ samunnamya sthāpayitvā yathāsthitam |
sīvyet sūkṣmeṇa sūtreṇa valkenāśmantakasya vā ||20||
1938 ed. 1.25.21
śaṇajakṣaumasūtrābhyāṃ snāyvā bālena vā punaḥ |
mūrvāguḍūcītānair vā sīvyed vellitakaṃ śanaiḥ ||21||
1938 ed. 1.25.22
sīvyed gophaṇikāṃ vā'pi sīvyed vā tunnasevanīm |
ṛjugranthim atho vā'pi yathāyogam athāpi vā ||22||
1938 ed. 1.25.23
deśe 'lpamāṃse sandhau ca sūcī vṛttā'ṅguladvayam |
āyatā tryaṅgulā tryasrā māṃsale cā'pi pūjitā ||23||
1938 ed. 1.25.24
dhanurvakrā hitā marmaphalakośodaropari |
ity etās trividhāḥ sūcīs tīkṣṇāgrāḥ susamāhitāḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.25.25
kārayen mālatīpuṣpavṛntāgraparimaṇḍalāḥ |
nātidūre nikṛṣṭe vā sūcīṃ karmaṇi pātayet ||25||
1938 ed. 1.25.26
dūrādrujo vraṇauṣṭhasya sannikṛṣṭe 'valuñcanam ||26||
1938 ed. 1.25.27
atha kṣaumapicucchannaṃ susyūtaṃ pratisārayet |
priyaṅgvañjanayaṣṭyāhvarodhracūrṇaiḥ samantataḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.25.28
śallakīphalacūrṇair vā kṣaumadhyāmena vā punaḥ |
tato vraṇaṃ yathāyogaṃ baddhvā'cārikam ādiśet ||28||
1938 ed. 1.25.29
etad aṣṭavidhaṃ karma samāsena prakīrtitam |
cikitsiteṣu kārtsnyena vistaras tasya vakṣyate ||29||
1938 ed. 1.25.30
hīnātiriktaṃ tiryak ca gātracchedanam ātmanaḥ |
etāścatasro 'ṣṭavidhe karmaṇi vyāpadaḥ smṛtāḥ ||30||
1938 ed. 1.25.31
ajñānalobhāhitavākyayoga
bhayapramohair aparaiś ca bhāvaiḥ |
yadā prayuñjīta bhiṣak kuśastraṃ
tadā sa śeṣān kurute vikārān ||31||
1938 ed. 1.25.32
taṃ kṣāraśastrāgnibhir auṣadhaiś ca
bhūyo 'bhiyuñjānam ayuktiyuktam |
jijīviṣur dūrata eva vaidyaṃ
vivarjayed ugraviṣāhitulyam ||32||
1938 ed. 1.25.33
tad eva yuktaṃ tvati marmasandhīn
hiṃsyāt sirāḥ snāyumathāsthi caiva |
mūrkhaprayuktaṃ puruṣaṃ kṣaṇena
prāṇair viyuñjyādathavā kadācit ||33||
1938 ed. 1.25.34
bhramaḥ pralāpaḥ patanaṃ pramoho
viceṣṭanaṃ saṃlayanoṣṇate ca |
srastāṅgatā mūrcchanam ūrdhvavātas
tīvrā rujo vātakṛtāś ca tāstāḥ ||34||
1938 ed. 1.25.35
māṃsodakābhaṃ rudhiraṃ ca gacchet
sarvendriyārthoparamas tathaiva |
daśārdhasaṅkhyeṣv api vikṣateṣu
sāmānyato marmasu liṅgamuktam ||35||
1938 ed. 1.25.36
surendragopapratimaṃ prabhūtaṃ
raktaṃ sraved vai kṣatataś ca vāyuḥ | karoti
rogān vividhān yathoktāṃś
chinnāsu bhinnāsv athavā sirāsu ||36||
1938 ed. 1.25.37
kaubjyaṃ śarīrāvayavāvasādaḥ
kriyāsvaśaktistumulā rujaś ca |
cirādvrraṇo rohati yasya cāpi
taṃ snāyuviddhaṃ manujaṃ vyavasyet ||37||
1938 ed. 1.25.38
śophātivṛddhistumulā rujaś ca
balakṣayaḥ parvasu bhedaśophau |
kṣateṣu sandhiṣvacalācaleṣu syāt
sandhikarmoparatiś ca liṅgam ||38||
1938 ed. 1.25.39
ghorā rujo yasya niśādineṣu
sarvāsvavasthāsu na śāntirasti |
tṛṣṇāṅgasādau śvayathuś ca ruk ca
tam asthividdhaṃ manujaṃ vyavasyet ||39||
1938 ed. 1.25.40
yathāsvametāni vibhāvayec ca
liṅgāni marmasvabhitāḍiteṣu |40|
sparśaṃ na jānāti vipāṇḍuvarṇo
yo māṃsamarmaṇy abhitāḍitaḥ syāt ||40||
1938 ed. 1.25.41
ātmānamevātha jaghanyakārī śastreṇa yo hanti hi karma kurvan |
tamātmavānātmahanaṃ kuvaidyaṃ vivarjayed āyurabhīpsamānaḥ ||41||
1938 ed. 1.25.42
tiryak praṇihite śastre doṣāḥ pūrvamudāhṛtāḥ |
tasmāt pariharan doṣān kuryāc chastranipātanam ||42||
1938 ed. 1.25.43
mātaraṃ pitaraṃ putrān bāndhavānapi cāturaḥ |
apyetānabhiśaṅketa vaidye viśvāsameti ca ||43||
1938 ed. 1.25.44
visṛjatyātmanā''tmānaṃ na cainaṃ pariśaṅkate
tasmāt putravadevainaṃ pālayed āturaṃ bhiṣak ||44||
1938 ed. 1.25.45
dharmārthau kīrtim ity arthaṃ satāṃ grahaṇam uttamam |
prāpnuyāt svargavāsaṃ ca hitam ārabhya karmaṇā ||45||
1938 ed. 1.25.46
karmaṇā kaścidekena dvābhyāṃ kaścittribhis tathā |
vikāraḥ sādhyate kaścic caturbhir api karmabhiḥ ||46||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne 'ṣṭavidhaśastrakarmīyo nāma pañcaviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.26.1
athātaḥ pranaṣṭaśalyavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.26.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantiriḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.26.3
‘śala’ ‘śvala’ āśugamane dhātūḥ; tayor ādyasya śalyam iti rūpam ||3||
1938 ed. 1.26.4
tad dvividhaṃ śārīram āgantukaṃ ca ||4||
1938 ed. 1.26.5
sarvaśarīrābādhakaraṃ śalyaṃ, tadihopadiśyata ity ataḥ śalyaśāstram ||5||
1938 ed. 1.26.6
tatra śārīraṃ dantaromanakhādi dhātavo 'nnamalā doṣāś ca duṣṭāḥ; āgantvapi śārīraśalyavyatirekeṇa yāvanto bhāvā duḥkham utpādayanti ||6||
1938 ed. 1.26.7
adhikāro hi lohaveṇuvṛkṣatṛṇaśṛṅgāsthimayeṣu; tatrāpi viśeṣato loheṣveva , viśasanārthopapannatvāllohasya; lohānām api durvāratvād aṇumukhatvād dūraprayojanakaratvāc ca śara evādhikṛtaḥ | sa ca dvividhaḥ karṇī , ślakṣṇaśca; prāyeṇa vividhavṛkṣapatrapuṣpaphalatulyākṛtayo vyākhyātāḥ, vyālamṛgapakṣivakrasadṛśāś ca ||7||
1938 ed. 1.26.8
sarvaśalyānāṃ tu mahatāmaṇūnāṃ vā pañcavidho gativiśeṣa ūrdhvam adho 'rvācīnas tiryag ṛjur iti ||8||
1938 ed. 1.26.9-10
tāni vegakṣayāt pratighātād vā tvagādiṣu vraṇavastuṣvatiṣṭhante, dhamanīsroto 'sthivivarapeśīprabhṛtiṣu vā śarīrapradeśeṣu ||9|| 1938 ed. 1.26.10 tatra śalyalakṣaṇam ucyamānam upadhāraya | tad dvidhaṃ sāmānyaṃ vaiśeṣikaṃ ca | śyāvaṃ piḍakācitaṃ śophavedanāvantaṃ muhurmuhuḥ śoṇitāsrāviṇaṃ budbudavadunnataṃ mṛdumāṃsaṃ ca vraṇaṃ jānīyāt saśalyo 'yamiti; sāmānyam etal lakṣaṇamuktam | vaiśeṣikaṃ tu tvaggate vivarṇaḥ śopho bhavatyāyataḥ kaṭhinaś ca; māṃsagate śophābhi(ti)vṛddhiḥ śalyamārgān upasaṃrohaḥ pīḍanāsahiṣṇutā coṣapākau ca; peśyantarasthe 'pyetad eva coṣaśophavarjaṃ; sirāgate sirādhmānaṃ sirāśūlaṃ sirāśophaś ca; snāyugate snāyujālotkṣepaṇaṃ saṃrambhaś cogrā ruk ca; srotogate srotasāṃ svakarmaguṇahāniḥ; dhamanīsthe saphenaṃ raktam īrayann anilaḥ saśabdo nirgacchatyaṅgamardaḥ pipāsā hṛllāsaś ca; asthigate vividhavedanāprādurbhāvaḥ śophaś ca; asthivivaragate 'sthipūrṇatā'sthitodaḥ saṃharṣo balavāṃśca; sandhigate 'sthivacceṣṭoparamaś ca; koṣṭhagata āṭopānāhau mūtrapurīṣāhāradarśanaṃ ca vraṇamukhāt; marmagate marmaviddhavac ceṣṭate | sūkṣmagatiṣu śalyeṣv etāny eva lakṣaṇāny aspaṣṭāni bhavanti ||10||
1938 ed. 1.26.11
mahānty alpāni vā śuddhadehānām anulomasanniviṣṭāni rohanti viśeṣataḥ kaṇṭhasrotaḥsirātvakpeśyasthivivareṣaḥ | doṣaprakopavyāyāmābhighātājīrṇebhyaḥ pracalitāni punarbādhante ||11||
1938 ed. 1.26.12
tatra, tvakpranaṣṭe snigdhasvinnāyāṃ mṛnmāṣayavagodhūmagomayamṛditāyāṃ tvaci yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt , styānaghṛtamṛccandanakalkair vā pradigdhāyāṃ śalyoṣmaṇā''śu visarati ghṛtam upaśuṣyati cālepo yatra tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt ; māṃsapranaṣṭe snehasvedādibhiḥ kriyāviśeṣair aviruddhair āturam upapādayet, karśitasya tu śithilībhūtam anavabaddhaṃ kṣubhyamāṇaṃ yatra saṃrambhaṃ vedanāṃ vā janayati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt ; koṣṭhāsthisandhipeśīvivareṣv avasthitam evam eva parīkṣeta; sirādhamanīsrotaḥsnāyupranaṣṭe khaṇḍacakrasaṃyukte yāne vyādhitamāropyāśu viṣame 'dhvani yāyāt yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt ; asthipranaṣṭe snehasvedopapannānyasthīni bandhanapīḍanābhyāṃ bhṛśam upācaret, yatra saṃrambho vedanā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt ; sandhipranaṣṭe snehasvedopapannān sandhīn prasaraṇākuñcanabandhanapīḍanaiḥ bhṛśam upācaret, yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt , sandhipranaṣṭe snehasvedopapannān sandhīn prasaraṇākuñcanabandhanapīḍanairbhṛśam upācaret; yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt , marmapranaṣṭe tv ananyabhāvān marmaṇām uktaṃ parīkṣaṇaṃ bhavati ||12||
1938 ed. 1.26.13
sāmānyalakṣam api ca hastiskandhāśvapṛṣṭhaparvatadrumārohaṇadhanurvyāyāmadrutayānaniyuddhādhvagamanalaṅghanaplavanaprataraṇa- vyāyāmairjṛmbhodgārakāsakṣavathuṣṭhīvanahasanaprāṇāyāmair vātamūtrapurīṣaśukrotsargair vā yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt ||13||
1938 ed. 1.26.14
bhavanti cātra
yasmiṃs todādayo deśe suptatā gurutā'pi ca |
ghaṭṭate bahuśo yatra śūyate rujyate 'pi ca ||14||
1938 ed. 1.26.15
āturaś cāpi yaṃ deśam abhīkṣṇaṃ parirakṣati |
saṃvāhyamāno bahuśas tatra śalyaṃ vinirdiśet ||15||
1938 ed. 1.26.16
alpābādham aśūnaṃ ca nīrujaṃ nirupadravam |
prasannaṃ mṛduparyantaṃ nirāghaṭṭamanunnatam ||16||
1938 ed. 1.26.17
eṣaṇyā sarvato dṛṣṭvā yathāmārgaṃ cikitsakaḥ |
prasārākuñcanān nūnaṃ niḥśalyam iti nirdiśet ||17||
1938 ed. 1.26.18
asthyātmakaṃ bhajyate tu śalyamantaś ca śīryate |
prāyo nirbhujyate śārṅgam āyasaṃ ceti niścayaḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.26.19
vārkṣavaiṇavatārṇāni nirhriyante tu no yadi |
pacanti raktaṃ māṃsaṃ ca kṣipram etāni dehinām ||19||
1938 ed. 1.26.20
kānakaṃ rājataṃ tāmraṃ raitikaṃ trapu sīsakam |
cirasthānādvilīyante pittatejaḥpratāpanāt ||20||
1938 ed. 1.26.21
svabhāvaśītā mṛdavo ye cānye 'pīdṛśā matāḥ |
dravībhūtāḥ śarīre 'sminn ekatvaṃ yānti dhātubhiḥ ||21||
1938 ed. 1.26.22
viṣāṇadantakeśāsthiveṇudārupalāni tu |
śalyāni na viśīryante śarīre mṛnmayāni ca ||22||
1938 ed. 1.26.23
dvividhaṃ pañcagatimattvagādivraṇavastuṣu |
yo vetti viṣṭitaṃ śalyaṃ sa rājñaḥ kartumarhati ||23||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne pranaṣṭaśalyavijñānīyo nāma ṣaḍviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||26||
1938 ed. 1.27.1
athātaḥ śalyāpanayanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.27.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.27.3
śalyaṃ dvividham avabaddham anavabaddhaṃ ca ||
1938 ed. 1.27.4
tatra samāsenānavabaddhaśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ pañcadaśa hetūn vakṣyāmaḥ | tad yathā- svabhāvaḥ, pācanaṃ, bhedanaṃ, dāraṇaṃ, pīḍanaṃ, pramārjanaṃ, nirdhmāpanaṃ, vamanaṃ, virecanaṃ, prakṣālanaṃ, pratimarśaḥ, pravāhaṇam, ācūṣaṇam, ayaskānto, harṣaś ceti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.27.5
tatrāśrukṣavathūdgārakāsamūtrapurīṣānilaiḥ svabhāvabalapravṛttair nayanādibhyaḥ patati | māṃsāvagāḍhaṃ śalyamavidahyamānaṃ pācayitvā prakothāttasya pūyaśoṇitavegād gauravādvā patati | pakvamabhidyamānaṃ bhedayed dārayed vā | bhinnamanirasyamānaṃ pīḍanīyaiḥ pīḍayet pāṇibhir vā | aṇūnyakṣaśalyāni pariṣecanādhmāpanair bālavastrapāṇibhiḥ pramārjayet | āhāraśeṣaśleṣmahīnāṇuśalyāni śvasanotkāsanapradhamanair nirdhamet | annaśalyāni vamanāṅgulipratimarśaprabhṛtibhiḥ | virecanaiḥ pakvāśayagatāni | vraṇadoṣāśayagatāni prakṣālanaiḥ | vātamūtrapurīṣagarbhasaṅgeṣu pravāhaṇam uktam | mārutodakasaviṣarudhiraduṣṭastanyeṣv ācūṣaṇam āsyena viṣāṇair vā | anulomam anavabaddham akarṇam analpavraṇamukham ayaskāntena | hṛdy avasthitam anekakāraṇotpannaṃ śokaśalyaṃ harṣeṇeti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.27.6
sarvaśalyānāṃ tu mahatām aṇūnāṃ vā dvāv evāharaṇahetū bhavataḥ- pratilomo 'nulomaś ca ||6||
1938 ed. 1.27.7-8
tatra pratilomamarvācīnamānayet, anulomaṃ parācīnam ||7|| 1938 ed. 1.27.8 uttuṇḍitaṃ chittvā nirghātayecchedanīyamukham ||8||
1938 ed. 1.27.9
chedanīyamukhānyapi kukṣivakṣaḥkakṣāvaṅkṣaṇaparśukāntarapatitāni ca hastaśakyaṃ yathāmārgeṇa hastenaivāpahartuṃ prayateta ||9||
1938 ed. 1.27.10
hastenaivāpahartum aśakyaṃ viśasya śastreṇa yantreṇāpaharet ||10||
1938 ed. 1.27.11
bhavati cātra -
śītalena jalenainaṃ mūrcchantamav asecayet |
saṃrakṣedasya marmāṇi muhur āśvāsayec ca tam ||11||
1938 ed. 1.27.12
tataḥ śalyam uddhṛtya nirlohitaṃ vraṇaṃ kṛtvā svedārham agnighṛtaprabhṛtibhiḥ saṃsvedyāvadahya pradihya sarpirmadhubhyāṃ baddhvā''cārikam upadiśet | (sirāsnāyuvilagnaṃ śalākādibhir vimocyāpanayet; śvayathugrastavāraṅgaṃ samavapīḍya śvayathuṃ; durbalavāraṅgaṃ kuśādibhir baddhvā|) ||12||
1938 ed. 1.27.13
hṛdayamabhito vartamānaṃ śalyaṃ śītajalādibhir udvejitasyāpahared yathāmārgaṃ; durupaharam anyato 'pabādhyamānaṃ pāṭayitvoddharet ||13||
1938 ed. 1.27.14
asthivivarapraviṣṭam asthividaṣṭaṃ vā'vagṛhya pādābhyāṃ yantreṇāpaharet, aśakyamevaṃ vā balavadbhiḥ suparigṛhītasya yantreṇa grāhayitvā śalyavāraṅgaṃ pravibhujya dhanurguṇair baddhvaikataś cāsya pañcāṅgyām upasaṃyatasyāśvasya vaktrakavike badhnīyāt, athainaṃ kaśayā tāḍayed yathonnāmayañ śiro vegena śalyam uddharati; dṛḍhāṃ vā vṛkṣaśākhām avanamya tasyāṃ pūrvavad baddhvoddharet ||14||
1938 ed. 1.27.15
adeśottuṇḍitamaṣṭhīlāśmamudgarāṇāmanyatamasya prahāreṇa vicālya yathāmārgam eva yantreṇa ||15||
1938 ed. 1.27.16
vimṛditakarṇāni karṇavantyanābādhakaradeśottuṇḍitāni purastādeva ||16||
1938 ed. 1.27.17
jātuṣe kaṇṭhāsakte kaṇṭhe nāḍīṃ praveśyāgnitaptāṃ ca śalākāṃ, tayā'vagṛhya śītābhir adbhiḥ pariṣicya sthirībhūtaṃ śalyam uddharet ||17||
1938 ed. 1.27.18-21
ajātuṣaṃ tu jatumadhūcchiṣṭapraliptayā śalākayā pūrvakalpenetyeke ||18|| 1938 ed. 1.27.19 asthiśalyamanyadvā tiryakkaṇṭhāsaktam avekṣya keśoṇḍukaṃ dṛḍhaikadīrghasūtrabaddhaṃ dravabhaktopahitaṃ pāyayed ākaṇṭhāt pūrṇakoṣṭhaṃ ca vāmayet, vamataśca śalyaikadeśasaktaṃ jñātvā sūtraṃ sahasā tvākṣipet; mṛdunā vā dantadhāvanakūrcakenāpaharet praṇuded vā'ntaḥ | kṣatakaṇṭhāya ca madhusarpiṣī leḍhuṃ prayacchet triphalācūrṇaṃ vā madhuśarkarāmiśram ||19|| 1938 ed. 1.27.20 udakapūrṇodaram avākśirasam avapīḍayed dhunīyād vāmayed vā bhasmarāśau vā nikhaned āmukhāt ||20|| 1938 ed. 1.27.21 grāsaśalye tu kaṇṭhāsakte niḥśaṅkam anavabuddhaṃ skandhe muṣṭinā'bhihanyāt, snehaṃ madyaṃ pānīyaṃ vā pāyayet ||21||
1938 ed. 1.27.22
bāhurajjulatāpāśaiḥ kaṇṭhapīḍanād vāyuḥ prakupitaḥ śleṣmāṇaṃ kopayitvā sroto niruṇaddhi, lālāsrāvaṃ phenāgamanaṃ sañjñānāśaṃ cāpādayati; tam abhyajya saṃsvedya śirovirecanaṃ tasmai tīkṣṇaṃ vidadhyād rasaṃ ca vātaghnaṃ dadyād iti ||22||
1938 ed. 1.27.23
bhavanti cātra -
śalyākṛtiviśeṣāṃś ca sthānāny āvekṣya buddhimān |
tathā yantrapṛthaktvaṃ ca samyak śalyam athāharet ||23||
1938 ed. 1.27.24
karṇavanti tu śalyāni duḥkhāhāryāṇi yāni ca |
ādadīta bhiṣak tasmāt tāni yuktyā samāhitaḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.27.25
etair upāyaiḥ śalyaṃ tu naiva niryātyate yadi |
matyā nipuṇayā vaidyo yantrayogaiś ca nirharet ||25||
1938 ed. 1.27.26
śothapākau rujaś cogrāḥ kuryāc chalyamanāhṛtam |
vaikalyaṃ maraṇaṃ cāpi tasmād yatnādvinirharet ||26||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śalyāpanayanīyo nāma saptaviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.28.1
athāto viparītāviparītavraṇavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.28.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.28.3
phalāgnijalavṛṣṭīnāṃ puṣpadhūmāmbudā yathā |
khyāpayanti bhaviṣyatvaṃ tathā riṣṭāni pañcatām ||
1938 ed. 1.28.4
tāni saukṣmyāt pramādād vā tathaivāśu vyatikramāt |
gṛhyante nodgatāny ajñair mumūrṣor na tv asambhavāt ||4||
1938 ed. 1.28.5
dhruvaṃ tu maraṇaṃ riṣṭe brāhmaṇais tat kilāmalaiḥ |
rasāyanatapojapyatatparair vā nivāryate ||5||
1938 ed. 1.28.6
nakṣatrapīḍā bahudhā yathā kālaṃ vipacyate |
tathaivāriṣṭapākaṃ ca bruvate bahavo janāḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.28.7
asiddhim āpnuyāl loke pratikurvan gatāyuṣaḥ |
ato 'riṣṭāni yatnena lakṣayet kuśalo bhiṣak ||7||
1938 ed. 1.28.8
gandhavarṇarasādīnāṃ viśeṣāṇāṃ svabhāvataḥ |
vaikṛtaṃ yat tad ācaṣṭe vraṇinaḥ pakvalakṣaṇam ||8||
1938 ed. 1.28.9
kaṭus tīkṣṇaś ca visraś ca gandhas tu pavanādibhiḥ |
lohagandhis tu raktena vyāmiśraḥ sānnipātikaḥ ||9||
1938 ed. 1.28.10
lājātasītailasamāḥ kiñcidvisrāś ca gandhataḥ |
jñeyāḥ prakṛtigandhāḥ syur ato 'nyadgandhavaikṛtam ||10||
1938 ed. 1.28.11
madyāgurvājyasumanāpadmacandanacampakaiḥ | sagandhā divyagandhāś ca mumūrṣūṇāṃ vraṇāḥ smṛtāḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.28.12
śvavājimūṣikadhvāṅkṣapūtivallūramatkuṇaiḥ |
sagandhāḥ paṅkagandhāś ca bhūmigandhāś ca garhitāḥ ||12||
1938 ed. 1.28.13
kuṅkumadhyāmakaṅkuṣṭhasavarṇāḥ pittakopataḥ |
na dahyante na cūṣyante bhiṣak tān parivarjayet ||13||
1938 ed. 1.28.14
aṇḍūmantaḥ sthirāḥ śvetāḥ snigdhāḥ kaphanimittataḥ |
dūyante vā'pi dahyante bhiṣak tān parivarjayet ||14||
1938 ed. 1.28.15
kṛṣṇās tu ye tanusrāvā vātajā marmatāpinaḥ |
svalpām api na kurvanti rujaṃ tān parivarjayet ||15||
1938 ed. 1.28.16
kṣveḍanti ghurghurāyante jvalantīva ca ye vraṇāḥ |
tvaṅmāṃsasthāś ca pavanaṃ saśabdaṃ visṛjanti ye ||16||
1938 ed. 1.28.17
ye ca marmasvasambhūtā bhavanty atyarthavedanāḥ
dahyante cāntaratyarthaṃ bahiḥ śītāś ca ye vraṇāḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.28.18
dahyante bahir atyarthaṃ bhavantyantaśca śītalāḥ
śaktidhvajarathāḥ kuntavājivāraṇagovṛṣāḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.28.19
yeṣu cāpy avabhāseran prāsādākṛtayas tathā |
cūrṇāvakīrṇā iva ye bhānticānavacūrṇitāḥ ||19||
1938 ed. 1.28.20
prāṇamāṃsakṣayaśvāsakāsārocakapīḍitāḥ |
pravṛddhapūyarudhirā vraṇā yeṣāṃ ca marmasu ||20||
1938 ed. 1.28.21
kriyābhiḥ samyag ārabdhā na siddhyanti ca ye vraṇāḥ |
varjayet tān api prājñaḥ saṃrakṣannātmano yaśaḥ ||21||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne viparītāviparītavraṇavijñānīyo nāmāṣṭāviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||28||
1938 ed. 1.29.1
athāto viparītāviparītasvapnanidarśanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.29.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.29.3
dūtadarśanasambhāṣā veṣāś ceṣṭitam eva ca |
ṛkṣaṃ velā tithiś caiva nimittaṃ śakuno 'nilaḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.29.4
deśo vaidyasya vāgdehamanasāṃ ca viceṣṭitam |
kathayanty āturagataṃ śubhaṃ vā yadi vā'śubham ||4||
1938 ed. 1.29.5
pākha(ṣa)ṇḍāśramavarṇānāṃ sapakṣāḥ karmasiddhaye |
ta eva viparītāḥ syur dūtāḥ karmavipattaye ||5||
1938 ed. 1.29.6
napuṃsakaṃ strī bahavo naikakāryā asūyakāḥ |
gardabhoṣṭrarathaprāptāḥ prāptā vā syuḥ paramparāḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.29.7
vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtāste cāpi garhitāḥ |
pāśadaṇḍāyudhadharāḥ pāṇḍuretaravāsasaḥ ||7||
1938 ed. 1.29.8
ārdrajīrṇāpasavyaikamalinoddhvastavāsasaḥ |
nyūnādhikāṅgā udvignā vikṛtā raudrarūpiṇaḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.29.9
rūkṣaniṣṭhuravaktārastv amaṅgalyābhidhāyinaḥ |
chindantast ṛṇakāṣṭhāni spṛśanto nāsikāṃ stanam ||9||
1938 ed. 1.29.10
vastrāntānāmikākeśanakharomadaśāspṛśaḥ |
srotovarodhahṛdgaṇḍamūrdhoraḥkukṣipāṇayaḥ ||10||
1938 ed. 1.29.11
kapālopalabhasmāsthituṣāṅgārakarāś ca ye |
vilikhanto mahīṃ kiñcin muñcanto loṣṭabhedinaḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.29.12
tailakardamadigdhāṅgā raktasraganulepanāḥ |
phalaṃ pakvam asāraṃ vā gṛhītvā'nyac ca tadvidham ||12||
1938 ed. 1.29.13
nakhair nakhāntaraṃ vā'pi kareṇa caraṇaṃ tathā |
upānaccarmahastā vā vikṛtavyādhipīḍitāḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.29.14
vāmācārā rudantaś ca śvāsino vikṛtekṣaṇāḥ |
yāmyāṃ diśi prāñjalayo viṣamaikapade sthitāḥ ||14||
1938 ed. 1.29.15
vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtās te cāpi garhitāḥ |
dakṣiṇābhimukhaṃ deśe tvaśucau vā hutāśanam |
1938ed. 1.29.15ef
jvalayantaṃ pacantaṃ vā krūrakarmaṇi codyatam ||15||
1938 ed. 1.29.16
nagnaṃ bhūmau śayānaṃ vā vegotsargeṣu vā'śucim |
prakīrṇakeśam abhyaktaṃ svinnaṃ viklavam eva vā ||16||
1938 ed. 1.29.17
vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtās te cāpi garhitāḥ
vaidyasya paitrye daive vā kārye cotpātadarśane ||17||
1938 ed. 1.29.18
madhyāhne cārdharātre vā sandhyayoḥ kṛttikāsu ca |
ārdrāśleṣāmaghāmūlapūrvāsu bharaṇīṣu ca ||18||
1938 ed. 1.29.19
caturthyāṃ vā navamyāṃ vā ṣaṣṭhyāṃ sandhidineṣu ca |
vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtās te cāpi garhitāḥ ||19||
1938 ed. 1.29.20
svinnābhitaptā madhyāhne jvalanasya samīpataḥ |
garhitāḥ pittarogeṣu dūtā vaidyam upāgatāḥ ||20||
1938 ed. 1.29.21
ta eva kapharogeṣu karmasiddhikarāḥ smṛtāḥ |
etena śeṣaṃ vyākhyātaṃ buddhvā saṃvibhajet tu tat ||21||
1938 ed. 1.29.22
raktapittātisāreṣu prameheṣu tathaiva ca |
praśasto jalarodheṣu dūtavaidyasamāgamaḥ ||22||
1938 ed. 1.29.23
vijñāyaivaṃ vibhāgaṃ tu śeṣaṃ budhyeta paṇḍitaḥ
śuklavāsāḥ śucir gauraḥ śyāmo vā priyadarśanaḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.29.24
svasyāṃ jātau svagotro vā dūtaḥ kāryakaraḥ smṛtaḥ |
goyānenāgatas tuṣṭaḥ pādābhyāṃ śubhaceṣṭitaḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.29.25
smṛtimān vidhikālajñaḥ svatantraḥ pratipattimān |
alaṅkṛto maṅgalavān dūtaḥ kāryakaraḥ smṛtaḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.29.26
svasthaṃ prāṅmukham āsīnaṃ same deśe śucau śucim |
upasarpati yo vaidyaṃ sa ca kāryakaraḥ smṛtaḥ ||26||
1938 ed. 1.29.27
māṃsodakumbhātapatravipravāraṇagovṛṣāḥ |
śuklavarṇāś ca pūjyante prasthāne darśanaṃ gatāḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.29.28
strī putriṇī savatsā gaur vardhamānam alaṅkṛtā |
kanyā matsyāḥ phalaṃ cāmaṃ svastikaṃ modakā dadhi ||28||
1938 ed. 1.29.29
hiraṇyākṣatapātraṃ vā ratnāni sumano nṛpaḥ |
apraśānto 'nalo vājī haṃsaś cāpaḥ śikhī tathā ||29||
1938 ed. 1.29.30
brahmadundubhijīmūtaśaṅkhaveṇurathasvanāḥ |
siṃhagovṛṣanādāś ca hre(he)ṣitaṃ gajabṛṃhitam ||30||
1938 ed. 1.29.31
śastaṃ haṃsarutaṃ nṝṇāṃ kauśikaṃ caiva vāmataḥ |
prasthāne yāyinaḥ śreṣṭhā vācaś ca hṛdayaṅgamāḥ ||31||
1938 ed. 1.29.32
patrapuṣpaphalopetān sakṣīrānnīrujo drumān |
āśritā vā nabhoveśmadhvajatoraṇavedikāḥ ||32||
1938 ed. 1.29.33
dikṣu śāntāsu vaktāro madhuraṃ pṛṣṭhato 'nugāḥ |
vāmā vā dakṣiṇā vā'pi śakunāḥ karmasiddhaye ||33||
1938 ed. 1.29.34
śuṣke 'śanihate 'patre vallīnaddhe sakaṇṭake |
vṛkṣe 'thavā'śmabhasmāsthiviṭtuṣāṅgārapāṃśuṣu ||34||
1938 ed. 1.29.35
caity avalmīkaviṣamasthitā dīptakharasvarāḥ |
purato dikṣu dīptāsu vaktāro nārthasādhakāḥ ||35||
1938 ed. 1.29.36
punnāmānaḥ khagā vāmāḥ strīsañjñā dakṣiṇāḥ śubhāḥ |
dakṣiṇād vāmagamanaṃ praśastaṃ śvaśṛgālayoḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.36ef
vāmaṃ nakulacāṣāṇāṃ nobhayaṃ śaśasarpayoḥ ||36||
1938 ed. 1.29.37
bhāsakauśikayoś caiva na praśastaṃ kilobhayam |
darśanaṃ vā rutaṃ vā'pi na godhākṛkalāsayoḥ ||37||
1938 ed. 1.29.38
dūtair aniṣṭais tulyānāmaśastaṃ darśanaṃ nṛṇām |
kulatthatilakārpāsatuṣapāṣāṇabhasmanām ||38||
1938 ed. 1.29.39
pātraṃ neṣṭaṃ tathā'ṅgāratailakardamapūritam |
prasannetaramadyānāṃ pūrṇaṃ vā raktasarṣapaiḥ ||39||
1938 ed. 1.29.40
śavakāṣṭhapalāśānāṃ śuṣkāṇāṃ pathi saṅgamāḥ |
neṣyante patitāntasthadīnāndharipavas tathā ||40||
1938 ed. 1.29.41
mṛduḥ śīto 'nukūlaś ca sugandhiś cānilaḥ śubhaḥ |
kharoṣṇo 'niṣṭagandhaś ca pratilomaś ca garhitaḥ ||41||
1938 ed. 1.29.42
granthyarbudādiṣu sadā chedaśabdas tu pūjitaḥ |
vidradhyudaragulmeṣu bhedaśabdas tathaiva ca ||42||
1938 ed. 1.29.43
raktapittātisāreṣu ruddhaśabdaḥ praśasyate |
evaṃ vyādhiviśeṣeṇa nimittam upadhārayet ||43||
1938 ed. 1.29.44
tathaivākruṣṭahākaṣṭamākrandaruditasvanāḥ |
chardyāṃ vātapurīṣāṇāṃ śabdo vai gardabhoṣṭrayoḥ ||44||
1938 ed. 1.29.45
pratiṣiddhaṃ tathā bhagnaṃ kṣutaṃ skhalitam āhatam |
daurmanasyaṃ ca vaidyasya yātrāyāṃ na praśasyate ||45||
1938 ed. 1.29.46
praveśe 'py etad uddeśād avekṣyaṃ ca tathā''ture |
pratidvāraṃ gṛhe cāsya punaretanna gaṇyate ||46||
1938 ed. 1.29.47
keśabhasmāsthikāṣṭhāśmatuṣakārpāsakaṇṭakāḥ |
khaṭvordhvapādā madyāpo vasā tailaṃ tilāstṛṇam ||47||
1938 ed. 1.29.48
napuṃsakavyaṅgabhagnanagnamuṇḍāsitāmbarāḥ |
prasthāne vā praveśe vā neṣyante darśanaṃ gatāḥ ||48||
1938 ed. 1.29.49
bhāṇḍānāṃ saṅkarasthānāṃ sthānāt sañcāraṇaṃ tathā |
nikhātotpāṭanaṃ bhaṅgaḥ patanaṃ nirgamas tathā ||49||
1938 ed. 1.29.50
vaidyāsanāvasādo vā rogī vā syādadhomukhaḥ |
vaidyaṃ sambhāṣamāṇo 'ṅgaṃ kuḍyamā staraṇāni vā ||50||
1938 ed. 1.29.51
pramṛjyādvā dhunīyād vā karau pṛṣṭhaṃ śiras tathā |
hastaṃ cākṛṣya vaidyasya nyasec chirasi corasi ||51||
1938 ed. 1.29.52
yo vaidyamunmukhaḥ paśyannunmārṣṭi svāṅgamāturaḥ |
na sa sidhyati vaidyo vā gṛhe yasya na pūjyate ||52||
1938 ed. 1.29.53
bhavane pūjyate vā'pi yasya vaidyaḥ sa sidhyati
śubhaṃ śubheṣu dūtādiṣv aśubhaṃ hy aśubheṣu ca ||53||
1938 ed. 1.29.54
āturasya dhruvaṃ tasmād dūtādīn lakṣayed bhiṣak
svapnān ataḥ pravakṣyāmi maraṇāya śubhāya ca ||54||
1938 ed. 1.29.55
suhṛdo yāṃś ca paśyanti vyādhito vā svayaṃ tathā |
snehābhyaktaśarīras tu karabhavyālagardabhaiḥ ||55||
1938 ed. 1.29.56
varāhair mahiṣair vā'pi yo yāyād dakṣiṇāmukhaḥ |
raktāmbaradharā kṛṣṇā hasantī muktamūrdhajā ||56||
1938 ed. 1.29.57
yaṃ cākarṣati baddhvā strī nṛtyantī dakṣiṇāmukham |
antāvasāyibhir yo vā 'kṛṣyate dakṣiṇāmukhaḥ ||57||
1938 ed. 1.29.58
pariṣvajeran yaṃ vā'pi pretāḥ pravrajitā(na)s tathā |
muhur āghrāyate yas tu śvāpadair vikṛtānanaiḥ ||58||
1938 ed. 1.29.59
piben madhu ca tailaṃ ca yo vā paṅke 'vasīdati |
paṅkapradigdhagātro vā pranṛtyet prahasettathā ||59||
1938 ed. 1.29.60
nirambaraś ca yo raktāṃ dhārayec chirasā srajam |
yasya vaṃśo nalo vā'pi tālo vorasi jāyate ||60||
1938 ed. 1.29.61
yaṃ vā matsyo grased yo vā jananīṃ praviśen naraḥ |
parvatāgrāt pated yo vā śvabhre vā tamasā''vṛte ||61||
1938 ed. 1.29.62
hriyeta srotasā yo vā yo vā mauṇḍyamav āpnuyāt |
parājīyeta badhyeta kākādyair vā'bhibhūyate ||62||
1938 ed. 1.29.63
patanaṃ tārakādīnāṃ praṇāśaṃ dīpacakṣuṣoḥ |
yaḥ paśyed devatānāṃ vā prakampam avanes tathā ||63||
1938 ed. 1.29.64
yasya chardir vireko vā daśanāḥ prapatanti vā |
śālmalīṃ kiṃśukaṃ yūpaṃ valmīkaṃ pāribhadrakam ||64||
1938 ed. 1.29.65
puṣpāḍhyaṃ kovidāraṃ vā citāṃ vā yo 'dhirohati |
kārpāsatailapiṇyākalohāni lavaṇaṃ tilān ||65||
1938 ed. 1.29.66
labhetāśnīta vā pakvam annaṃ yaś ca pibet surām |
svasthaḥ sa labhate vyādhiṃ vyādhito mṛtyumṛcchati ||66||
1938 ed. 1.29.67
yathāsvaṃ prakṛtisvapno vismṛto vihatas tathā |
cintākṛto divā dṛṣṭo bhavanty aphaladās tu te ||67||
1938 ed. 1.29.68
jvaritānāṃ śunā sakhyaṃ kapisakhyaṃ tu śoṣiṇām |
unmāde rākṣasaiḥ pretair apasmāre pravartanam ||68||
1938 ed. 1.29.69
mehātisāriṇāṃ toyapānaṃ snehasya kuṣṭhinām |
gulmeṣu sthāvarotpattiḥ koṣṭhe, mūrdhni śiroruji ||69||
1938 ed. 1.29.70
śaṣkulībhakṣaṇaṃ chardyāmadhvā śvāsapipāsayoḥ |
hāridraṃ bhojanaṃ vā'pi yasya syāt pāṇḍurogiṇaḥ ||70||
1938 ed. 1.29.71
raktapittī pibed yas tu śoṇitaṃ sa vinaśyati
svapnānevaṃvidhān dṛṣṭvā prātarutthāya yatnavān ||71||
1938 ed. 1.29.72
dadyānmāṣāṃstilāṃllohaṃ viprebhyaḥ kāñcanaṃ tathā |
japec cāpi śubhān mantrān gāyatrīṃ tripadāṃ tathā ||72||
1938 ed. 1.29.73
dṛṣṭvā tu prathame yāme svapyād dhyātvā punaḥ śubham |
japedvā'nyatamaṃ vedaṃ brahmacārī samāhitaḥ ||73||
1938 ed. 1.29.74
na cācakṣīta kasmaiciddṛṣṭvā svapnamaśobhanam |
devatāyatane caiva vasedrātritrayaṃ tathā |
viprāṃś ca pūjayennityaṃ duḥsvapnāt pravimucyate ||74||
1938 ed. 1.29.75
ata ūrdhvaṃ pravakṣyāmi praśastaṃ svapnadarśanam |
devān dvijān govṛṣabhān jīvataḥ suhṛdo nṛpān ||75||
1938 ed. 1.29.76
samiddham agniṃ sādhūṃś ca nirmalāni jalāni ca |
paśyet kalyāṇalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||76||
1938 ed. 1.29.77
māṃsaṃ matsyān srajaḥ śvetā vāsāṃsi ca phalāni ca |
labheta dhanalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||77||
1938 ed. 1.29.78
mahāprāsādasaphalavṛkṣavāraṇaparvatān |
āroheddravyalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||78||
1938 ed. 1.29.79
nadīnadasamudrāṃś ca kṣubhitān kaluṣodakān |
taret kalyāṇalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||79||
1938 ed. 1.29.80
urago vā jalauko vā bhramaro vā'pi yaṃ daśet |
ārogyaṃ nirdiśettasya dhanalābhaṃ ca buddhimān ||80||
1938 ed. 1.29.81
evaṃ rūpāñ śubhān svapnān yaḥ paśyedvyādhito naraḥ |
sa dīrghāyur iti jñeyas tasmai karma samācaret ||81||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne viparītāviparītasvapnanidarśanīyo nāmaikonatriṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||29||
1938 ed. 1.30.1
athātaḥ pañcendriyārthavipratipattim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.30.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.30.3
śarīraśīlayor yasya prakṛter vikṛtir bhavet |
tat tv ariṣṭaṃ samāsena, vyāsatas tu nibodha me ||3||
1938 ed. 1.30.4
śṛṇoti vividhāñ śabdān yo divyānām abhāvataḥ |
samudrapurameghānām asampattau ca niḥsvanān ||4||
1938 ed. 1.30.5
tān svanānnāvagṛhṇāti manyate cānyaśabdavat |
grāmyāraṇyasvanāṃś cāpi viparītāñ śṛṇoti ca ||5||
1938 ed. 1.30.6
dviṣacchabdeṣu ramate suhṛcchabdeṣu kupyati |
na śṛṇoti ca yo 'kasmāttaṃ bruvanti gatāyuṣam ||6||
1938 ed. 1.30.7
yas tūṣṇam iva gṛhṇāti śītamuṣṇaṃ ca śītavat |
sañjātaśītapiḍako yaś ca dāhena pīḍyate ||7||
1938 ed. 1.30.8
uṣṇagātro 'timātraṃ ca yaḥ śītena pravepate |
prahārān nābhijānāti yo 'ṅgacchedamathāpi vā ||8||
1938 ed. 1.30.9
pāṃśunevāvakīrṇāni yaś ca gātrāṇi manyate |
varṇānyatā vā rājyo vā yasya gātre bhavanti hi ||9||
1938 ed. 1.30.10
snātānuliptaṃ yaṃ cāpi bhajante nīlamakṣikāḥ
sugandhirvā'ti yo 'kasmāttaṃ bruvanti gatāyuṣam ||10||
1938 ed. 1.30.11
viparītena gṛhṇāti rasān yaś copayojitān |
upayuktāḥ kramādyasya rasā doṣābhivṛddhaye ||11||
1938 ed. 1.30.12
yasya doṣāgnisāmyaṃ ca kuryur mithyopayojitāḥ |
yo vā rasān na saṃvetti gatāsuṃ taṃ pracakṣate ||12||
1938 ed. 1.30.13
sugandhaṃ vetti durgandhaṃ durgandhasya sugandhitām |
gṛhṇīte vā'nyathā gandhaṃ śānte dīpe ca nīrujaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.30.14
yo vā gandhaṃ na jānāti gatāsuṃ taṃ vinirdiśet |
dvandvānyuṣṇahimādīni kālāvasthā diśas tathā ||14||
1938 ed. 1.30.15
viparītena gṛhṇāti bhāvān anyāṃś ca yo naraḥ
divā jyotīṃṣi yaś cāpi jvalitānīva paśyati ||15||
1938 ed. 1.30.16
rātrau sūryaṃ jvalantaṃ vā divā vā candravarcasam |
ameghopaplave yaś ca śakracāpataḍidguṇān ||16||
1938 ed. 1.30.17
taḍittvato 'sitān yo vā nirmale gagane ghanān |
vimānayānaprāsādair yaś ca saṅkulamambaram ||17||
1938 ed. 1.30.18
yaś cānilaṃ mūrtimantam antarikṣaṃ ca paśyati |
dhūmanīhāravāsobhir āvṛtām iva medinīm ||18||
1938 ed. 1.30.19
pradīptam iva lokaṃ ca yo vā plutam ivāmbhasā |
bhūmim aṣṭāpadākārāṃ lekhābhir yaś ca paśyati ||19||
1938 ed. 1.30.20
na paśyati sanakṣatrāṃ yaś ca devīm arundhatīm |
dhruvam ākāśagaṅgāṃ vā taṃ vadanti gatāyuṣam ||20||
1938 ed. 1.30.21
jyotsnādarśoṣṇatoyeṣu chāyāṃ yaś ca na paśyati |
paśyaty ekāṅgahīnāṃ vā vikṛtāṃ vā'nyasattvajām ||21||
1938 ed. 1.30.22
śvakākakaṅkagṛdhrāṇāṃ pretānāṃ yakṣarakṣasām |
piśācoraganāgānāṃ bhūtānāṃ vikṛtām api ||22||
1938 ed. 1.30.23
yo vā mayūrakaṇṭhābhaṃ vidhūmaṃ vahnim īkṣate |
āturasya bhaven mṛtyuḥ svastho vyādhim avāpnuyāt ||23||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne pañcendriyārthavipratipattirnāma triṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||30||
1938 ed. 1.31.1
athātaś chāyāvipratipattim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.31.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.31.3
śyāvā lohitikā nīlā pītikā vā'pi mānavam |
abhidravanti yaṃ chāyāḥ sa parāsur asaṃśayam ||3||
1938 ed. 1.31.4
hrīr apakramate yasya prabhāsmṛtidhṛtiśriyaḥ |
akasmād yaṃ bhajante vā sa gatāsur asaṃśayam ||4||
1938 ed. 1.31.5
yasyādharauṣṭhaḥ patitaḥ kṣiptaś cordhvaṃ tathottaraḥ |
ubhau vā jāmbavābhāsau durlabhaṃ tasya jīvitam ||5||
1938 ed. 1.31.6
āraktā daśanā yasya śyāvā vā syuḥ patanti vā |
khañjanapratimā vā'pi taṃ gatāyuṣam ādiśet ||6||
1938 ed. 1.31.7
kṛṣṇā stabdhā'valiptā vā jihvā śūnā ca yasya vai |
karkaśā vā bhaved yasya so 'cirād vijahāty asūn ||7||
1938 ed. 1.31.8
kuṭilā sphuṭitā vā'pi śuṣkā vā yasya nāsikā |
avasphūrjati magnā vā na sa jīvati mānavaḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.31.9
saṅkṣipte viṣame stabdhe rakte sraste ca locane |
syātāṃ vā prasrute yasya sa gatāyurnaro dhruvam ||9||
1938 ed. 1.31.10
keśāḥ sīmantino yasya saṅkṣipte vinate bhruvau |
luṇḍanti cākṣipakṣmāṇi so 'cirādyāti mṛtyave ||10||
1938 ed. 1.31.11
nāharaty annam āsyasthaṃ na dhārayati yaḥ śiraḥ |
ekāgradṛṣṭir mūḍhātmā sadyaḥ prāṇān jahāti saḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.31.12
balavān durbalo vā'pi sammohaṃ yo 'dhigacchati |
utthāpyamāno bahuśastaṃ pakvaṃ bhiṣagādiśet ||12||
1938 ed. 1.31.13
uttānaḥ sarvadā śete pādau vikurute ca yaḥ |
viprasāraṇaśīlo vā na sa jīvati mānavaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.31.14
śītapādakarocchvāsaś chinnocchvāsaś ca yo bhavet |
kākocchvāsaś ca yo martyas taṃ dhīraḥ parivarjayet ||14||
1938 ed. 1.31.15
nidrā na chidyate yasya yo vā jāgarti sarvadā |
muhyed vā vaktukāmaś ca pratyākhyeyaḥ sa jānatā ||15||
1938 ed. 1.31.16
uttarauṣṭhaṃ ca yo lihyād utkārāṃś ca karoti yaḥ |
pretair vā bhāṣate sārdhaṃ pretarūpaṃ tam ādiśet ||16||
1938 ed. 1.31.17
khebhyaḥ saromakūpebhyo yasya raktaṃ pravartate |
puruṣasyāviṣārtasya sadyo jahyāt sa jīvitam ||17||
1938 ed. 1.31.18
vātāṣṭhīlā tu hṛdaye yasyor dhvam anuyāyinī |
rujānnavidveṣakarī sa parāsur asaṃśayam ||18||
1938 ed. 1.31.19
ananyopadravakṛtaḥ śophaḥ pādasamutthitaḥ |
puruṣaṃ hanti, nārīṃ tu mukhajo guhyajo dvayam ||19||
1938 ed. 1.31.20
atisāro jvaro hikkā chardiḥ śūnāṇḍameḍhratā |
śvāsinaḥ kāsino vā'pi yasya taṃ kṣīṇam ādiśet ||20||
1938 ed. 1.31.21
svedo dāhaś ca balavān hikkā śvāsaś ca mānavam |
balavantam api prāṇair viyuñjanti na saṃśayaḥ ||21||
1938 ed. 1.31.22
śyāvā jihvā bhaved yasya savyaṃ cākṣi nimajjati |
mukhaṃ ca jāyate pūti yasya taṃ parivarjayet ||22||
1938 ed. 1.31.23
vaktramāpūryate 'śrūṇāṃ svidyataś caraṇāv ubhau |
cakṣuś cākulatāṃ yāti yamarāṣṭraṃ gamiṣyataḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.31.24
atimātraṃ laghūni syur gātrāṇi gurukāṇi vā |
yasyākasmāt sa vijñeyo gantā vaivasvatālayam ||24||
1938 ed. 1.31.25
paṅkamatsyavasātailaghṛtagandhāṃś ca ye narāḥ |
mṛṣṭagandhāṃś ca ye vānti gantāraste yamālayam ||25||
1938 ed. 1.31.26
yūkā lalāṭam āyānti baliṃ nāśnanti vāyasāḥ |
yeṣāṃ cāpi ratir nāsti yātāraste yamālayam ||26||
1938 ed. 1.31.27
jvarātisāraśophāḥ syur yasyānyonyāvasādinaḥ |
prakṣīṇabalamāṃsasya nāsau śakyaścikitsitam ||27||
1938 ed. 1.31.28
kṣīṇasya yasya kṣuttṛṣṇe hṛdyair miṣṭair hitais tathā |
na śāmyato 'nnapānaiś ca tasya mṛtyur upasthitaḥ ||28||
1938 ed. 1.31.29
pravāhikā śiraḥśūlaṃ koṣṭhaśūlaṃ ca dāruṇam |
pipāsā balahāniś ca tasya mṛtyur upasthitaḥ ||29||
1938 ed. 1.31.30
viṣameṇopacāreṇa karmabhiś ca purākṛtaiḥ |
anity atvāc ca jantūnāṃ jīvitaṃ nidhanaṃ vrajet ||30||
1938 ed. 1.31.31
pretā bhūtāḥ piśācāś ca rakṣāṃsi vividhāni ca |
maraṇābhimukhaṃ nityam upasarpanti mānavam ||31||
1938 ed. 1.31.32
tāni bheṣajavīryāṇi pratighnanti jighāṃsayā |
tasmān moghāḥ kriyāḥ sarvā bhavanty eva gatāyuṣām ||32||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne chāyāvipratipattirnāmaikatriṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||31||

Page Tools